Wax Deposition PDF

Wax Deposition
Experimental Characterizations,
Theoretical Modeling, and Field Practices
Emerging Trends and Technologies in
Petroleum Engineering
Series Editor
Abhijit Y. Dandekar
PUBLISHED TITLES:
Wax Deposition: Experimental Characterizations, Theoretical Modeling, and
Field Practices, Zhenyu Huang, Sheng Zheng, H. Scott Fogler
Wax Deposition
Experimental Characterizations,
Theoretical Modeling, and Field Practices
Zhenyu Huang
Sheng Zheng
H. Scott Fogler
Boca Raton London New York
CRC Press is an imprint of the

Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business
CRC Press
Taylor & Francis Group
6000 Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite 300
Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742
2015 by Taylor & Francis Group, LLC
CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis Group, an Informa business
No claim to original U.S. Government works

Version Date: 20150408
International Standard Book Number-13: 978-1-4665-6767-2 (eBook - PDF)
This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reasonable
efforts have been made to publish reliable data and information, but the author and publisher cannot
assume responsibility for the validity of all materials or the consequences of their use. The authors and
publishers have attempted to trace the copyright holders of all material reproduced in this publication
and apologize to copyright holders if permission to publish in this form has not been obtained. If any
copyright material has not been acknowledged please write and let us know so we may rectify in any
future reprint.
Except as permitted under U.S. Copyright Law, no part of this book may be reprinted, reproduced,
transmitted, or utilized in any form by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or
hereafter invented, including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or in any information stor-
age or retrieval system, without written permission from the publishers.
For permission to photocopy or use material electronically from this work, please access www.copy-
right.com (http://www.copyright.com/) or contact the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. (CCC), 222
Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, 978-750-8400. CCC is a not-for-profit organization that pro-
vides licenses and registration for a variety of users. For organizations that have been granted a photo-
copy license by the CCC, a separate system of payment has been arranged.
Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are
used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe.
Visit the Taylor & Francis Web site at
http://www.taylorandfrancis.com
and the CRC Press Web site at
http://www.crcpress.com
Contents
Series Preface...........................................................................................................ix
Preface.................................................................................................................... xiii
Authors....................................................................................................................xv
1. Introduction......................................................................................................1
1.1 Background of Wax Deposition...........................................................1
1.2 Overview of Wax Testing, Modeling, and Management................. 5
2. Experimental Characterization of Important Wax

Thermodynamic Properties........................................................................... 9
2.1 Introduction............................................................................................ 9
2.2 Determination of the WAT................................................................. 10
2.2.1 Visual Inspection.................................................................... 12
2.2.2 CPM Techniques..................................................................... 14
2.2.3 Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy.......................... 17
2.2.4 Viscometry............................................................................... 19
2.2.5 Thermal TechniquesDSC................................................... 21
2.2.6 Comparison between Different WAT Measurements....... 26
2.2.7 Other Techniques That Are Under Development.............. 29
2.3 Determination of the WPC.................................................................30
2.3.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry......................................30
2.3.2 Characterization of WPC Using NMR................................. 33
2.3.3 Characterization of WPC Using FT-IR.................................34
2.3.4 Separation-Based Methods for WPC Determination........ 35
2.4 Experimental Techniques for the Characterization of
Precipitated Wax.................................................................................. 38
2.5 Summary............................................................................................... 40
3. Thermodynamic Modeling of Wax Precipitation................................... 41

3.1 Introduction.......................................................................................... 41
3.2 Fundamental Thermodynamics of Wax Precipitation...................42
3.3 Step 1 in Thermodynamic Modeling: Construction of the
Thermodynamic Equations................................................................44
3.4 Step 2 in Thermodynamic Modeling: Simplification of
Thermodynamic Equations................................................................ 49
3.4.1 Wax Thermodynamic Models Assuming Single
Solid Phase............................................................................... 51
3.4.2 Wax Thermodynamic Models Considering Multiple
Solid Phases by Empirical Approaches: The Conoco
and Lira-Galeana Models...................................................... 55
v
vi Contents
3.5 Coutinhos Thermodynamic ModelA Theoretically

Comprehensive Thermodynamic Model.......................................... 56
3.6 Industrial Practice of Wax Thermodynamic Modeling.................. 58
3.6.1 Fluid Characterization: Preprocessing of
Thermodynamic Modeling................................................... 58
3.6.2 Model Tuning: Postprocessing of Thermodynamic
Modeling..................................................................................63
3.7 Extended Applications of Wax Thermodynamic Models..............64
3.8 Summary............................................................................................... 66
4. Wax Deposition Modeling........................................................................... 67

4.1 Wax Deposition Mechanisms............................................................. 67
4.2 Molecular Diffusion as the Main Mechanism for Wax
Deposition............................................................................................. 69
4.2.1 Step 1: Precipitation of Dissolved Wax Molecules............. 69
4.2.2 Step 2: Formation of Radial Concentration Gradient
of Dissolved Waxy Components........................................... 70
4.2.3 Step 3: Deposition of Waxy Components on the
Surface of an Existing Deposit.............................................. 71
4.2.4 Step 4: Internal Diffusion and Precipitation of Waxy
Components in the Deposit................................................... 71
4.3 Overview of Wax Deposition Modeling........................................... 73
4.3.1 Wax Deposition Modeling Algorithm................................. 73
4.3.2 Overview of Various Wax Deposition Models................... 74
4.3.2.1 Industrialized Commercial Wax Deposition
Models....................................................................... 74
4.3.2.2 Academic Wax Deposition Models....................... 75
4.4 Detailed Comparison of Different Wax Deposition Models......... 76
4.4.1 Model Dimensions.................................................................. 76
4.4.2 Hydrodynamics in the Wax Deposition Models................77
4.4.3 Heat Transfer Equations and Correlations.......................... 78
4.4.4 Mass Transfer and Deposit Growth Rate
Calculations for the Wax Deposition Models.....................80
4.4.4.1 Mathematical Representation of the
Molecular Diffusion Mechanism..........................80
4.4.4.2 Simplification of Wax Deposition Mechanisms.... 82
4.4.5 Determining the Mass Flux..................................................83
4.4.5.1 Diffusion Coefficient of Wax in Oil, Dwax............83
4.4.5.2 Difference in the Concentration of
Dissolved Waxy Components in the Bulk
Oil and at the Wall, (Coil Cwall)............................84
4.4.5.3 Thickness of the Mass Transfer Layer,
masstransfer.................................................................. 86
4.5 Summary............................................................................................... 90
Contents vii
5. Introduction to Wax Deposition Experiments......................................... 91

5.1 Importance of Experimental Applications....................................... 91
5.2 Wax Deposition Flow Loop................................................................ 91
5.2.1 Conditioning System and Pump System............................. 91
5.2.2 Test Section.............................................................................. 93
5.3 Deposit Characterization.................................................................... 94
5.3.1 Measurement of the Deposit Thickness.............................. 94
5.3.1.1 Pressure-Drop Technique...................................... 94
5.3.1.2 Weight Measurement Technique.......................... 97
5.3.1.3 Heat Transfer Technique........................................ 97
5.3.1.4 Liquid DisplacementLevel Detection
Technique............................................................... 100
5.3.1.5 Other Less Frequently Applied Techniques...... 100
5.3.2 Composition Analysis of the Wax Deposit....................... 101
5.4 Cold-Finger Wax Deposition Apparatus........................................ 103
5.5 Carrying Out Flow-Loop Wax Deposition Experiments............. 104
5.5.1 Setup of Experimental Apparatus...................................... 104
5.5.2 Oil Characterization............................................................. 105
5.5.3 Wax Deposition Tests........................................................... 105
5.5.4 Measurement of Deposit Thickness and
Characterization of Wax Deposits...................................... 105
6. Applying Wax Deposition Models to Flow Loop Experiments......... 107

6.1 Introduction........................................................................................ 107
6.2 Uncertainties in Wax Deposition Modeling................................... 107
6.2.1 Characterizing the Wax Precipitation Curves.................. 108
6.2.2 Empirical Correlations for Transport Phenomena........... 108
6.2.3 Uncertainties in Experimental Measurements................. 109
6.2.4 Appropriate Methodology for Wax Deposition
Benchmarking....................................................................... 109
6.3 Applying Wax Deposition Models with Deposit Thickness....... 110
6.3.1 Selecting Wax Deposition Experiments............................ 110
6.3.1.1 Experimental Facility............................................ 110
6.3.1.2 Test Oil.................................................................... 110
6.3.1.3 Experimental Conditions..................................... 111
6.3.2 Summary of Model Performance....................................... 114
6.4 Heat and Mass Transfer Analysis of the Wax Deposition
Experiments........................................................................................ 117
6.4.1 Previous Wax Deposition Experiments on the Effect
of Temperature...................................................................... 117
6.4.2 Theoretical Analysis............................................................. 118
6.4.2.1 Dedimensionalizing the Transport Equations.... 118
6.4.2.2 Characteristic Mass Flux of Wax Deposition.... 120
6.4.2.3 Mass Transfer Driving Force............................... 121
viii Contents
6.4.3
Effect of the Operating Temperatures............................... 122
6.4.3.1 Analysis on the North Sea Condensate............. 122
6.4.3.2 Analysis on Another Oil...................................... 123
6.4.3.3 Importance of the Wax Precipitation Curve...... 125
6.4.3.4 Carbon Number Distribution of the Oil............ 126
6.5 Applying Wax Deposition Models to Investigate Deposit
Compositions...................................................................................... 127
6.6 Summary............................................................................................. 129
7. Applying Wax Deposition Models for Field Predictions.................... 131

7.1 Introduction........................................................................................ 131
7.1.1 Wax Control Strategies for the Field.................................. 131
7.1.2 Evaluating the Severity of Wax Deposition: The Ideal
vs. the Reality........................................................................ 133
7.2 Example 1Single-Phase Pipe Flow............................................... 134
7.2.1 Introduction........................................................................... 134
7.2.2 Wax Thermodynamic Characterizations.......................... 135
7.2.3 Deposition Predictions and Pigging Frequency
Design....................................................................................136
7.3 Example 2Gas/Oil Flow................................................................ 140
7.3.1 Introduction........................................................................... 140
7.3.2 Wax Thermodynamic Characterization............................ 141
7.3.3 Deposition Predictions and Pigging Frequency
Design................................................................................. 143
7.4 Summary............................................................................................. 145
7.4.1 Wax Thermodynamic Characterizations.......................... 145
7.4.2 Wax Deposition Modeling................................................... 146
7.5 Future Outlook................................................................................... 146
7.5.1 Improving Field Characterization Techniques................. 147
7.5.2 Collaboration between Industrial Partners....................... 147
7.5.3 Develop More Rigorous Wax Deposition Modeling
for Multiphase Flow Conditions......................................... 147
Bibliography......................................................................................................... 149
Appendix A: Nomenclature.............................................................................. 159
Index...................................................................................................................... 163
Series Preface
This petroleum engineering book series includes works on all aspects of

petroleum science and engineering but with special focus on emerging
trends and technologies that pertain to the paradigm shift in the petro-
leum engineering field. It deals with the increased exploitation of techni-
cally challenged and atypical hydrocarbon resources that are receiving a lot
of attention from todays petroleum industry, as well as the potential use
of advanced nontraditional or nonconventional technologies such as nano-
technology in diverse petroleum engineering applications. These areas have
assumed a position of prominence in todays petroleum engineering field.
However, although scientific literature exists on these emerging areas in the
form of various publications, much of it is scattered and highly specific. The
purpose of this book series is to provide a centralized and comprehensive
collection of reference books and textbooks covering the fundamentals but
paying close attention to these emerging trends and technologies from the
standpoint of the main disciplines of drilling engineering, production engi-
neering, and reservoir engineering.
Given the dwindling supply of easy-to-produce conventional oil, rapidly
climbing energy demands, the sustained ~$100/bbl. oil price, and tech-
nological advances, the petroleum industry is increasingly in pursuit of
exploration and production (E&P) of atypical or unconventional and tech-
nically challenged oil and gas resources, which may eventually become
the future of the petroleum industry. Unconventional resources typically
include (1) coal bed methane (CBM) gas; (2) tight gas in ultralow permeabil-
ity formations; (3) shale gas and shale oil in very low permeability shales;
(4) oil shales; (5) heavy and viscous oils; (6) tar sands; and (7) methane
hydrates. Compared to the worlds proven conventional natural gas reserves
of 6600+ trillion cubic feet (TCF), the combined CBM, shale gas, tight gas, and
methane hydrate resource estimates are in excess of 730,000 TCF.13 Similarly,
out of the worlds total of 9 to 13 trillion bbl. of oil resources, the conven-
tional (light and medium oil) is only 30%, whereas heavy oil, extra-heavy oil,
tar sands, and bitumen combined make up the remaining 70%.4 In addition
shale-based oil resources worldwide are estimated to be between 6 and 8 tril-
lion bbl.5 As a case in point, shale-based oil production in North Dakota has
increased from a mere 3000 bbl./day in 2005 to a whopping 400,000+ bbl./day
in 2011.6 Even the most conservative technical and economic recovery esti-
mates of the unconventional resources represent a very substantial future
energy portfolio that dwarfs the conventional gas and oil reserves. However,
to a large extent, these particular resources, unlike the conventional ones, do
not fit the typical profile and are to some extent in the stages of infancy, thus
ix
x Series Preface
needing a different and unique approach from the drilling, production, and
reservoir engineering perspectives.
The petroleum engineering academic and industry community is also
aggressively pursuing nanotechnology with the hope of identifying innova-
tive solutions for problems faced in the overall process of oil and gas recovery.
In particular, a big spurt in this area in the last decade or so is evident from
the significant activities in terms of research publications, meetings, formation
of different consortia, workshops, and dedicated sessions in petroleum engi-
neering conferences. A simple literature search for a keyword nanotechnology
on http://www.onepetro.org, managed by the Society of Petroleum Engineers
(SPE), returns over 250 publications dating from 2001 onward with the bulk
of them in the last 5 or 6 years. Since 2008, SPE also organized three differ-
ent applied technology workshops specifically focused on nanotechnology in
the E&P industry. An Advanced Energy Consortium with sponsorships from
some major operators and service companies was also formed in 2007 with the
mission of facilitating research in micro and nanotechnology materials and
sensors having the potential to create a positive and disruptive change in the
recovery of petroleum and gas from new and existing reservoirs. Companies
such as Saudi Aramco have taken the lead in taking the first strides in evalu-
ating the potential of employing nanotechnology in the E&P industry. Their
trademarked ResbotsTM are designed for deployment with the injection flu-
ids for in situ reservoir sensing (temperature, pressure, and fluid type) and
intervention, eventually leading to more accurate reservoir characterization
once fully developed. Following successful laboratory core flood tests, they
conducted the industrys first field trial of reservoir nanoagents.7
The foregoing is clearly a statement of the new wave in the petroleum
engineering field, which is being created by emerging trends in unconven-
tional resources and new technologies. The publisher and its series editor are
fully aware of the rapidly evolving nature of these key areas and their long-
lasting influence on the current state and future of the petroleum industry.
The series is envisioned to have a very broad scope that includes but is not
limited to analytical, experimental, and numerical studies and methods and
field cases, thus delivering readers in both academia and industry an author-
itative information source of trends and technologies that have shaped and
will continue to impact the petroleum industry.
References
1. Retrieved from http://www.eia.gov/analysis/studies/worldshalegas/ (accessed
date June 10, 2013).
Series Preface xi
2. Kawata, Y. & Fujita, K. Some predictions of possible unconventional hydrocar-

bons availability until 2100. Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) paper num-
ber 68755. SPE Asia Pacific Oil and Gas Conference and Exhibition, 1719 April,
Jakarta, Indonesia.
3. Retrieved from http://www.netl.doe.gov/kmd/cds/disk10/collett.pdf. Methane
Hydrates Interagency R&D Conference, 2022 March 2002, Washington, DC.
4. Retrieved from https://www.slb.com/~/media/Files/resources/oilfield_review
/ors06/sum06/heavy_oil.ashx
5. Biglarbigi, K., Crawford, P., Carolus, M. & Dean, C. Rethinking world oilshale
resource estimates. Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) paper number SPE
135453. SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, 1922 September,
Florence, Italy.
6. Mason, J. Retrieved from http://www.sbpipeline.com/images/pdf/Mason
_Oil%20Production%20Potential%20of%20the%20North%20Dakota%20
Bakken_OGJ%20Article_10%20February%202012.pdf
7. Kanj, M. Y., Rashid, M.H. & Giannelis, E.P. Industry first field trial of reservoir
nanoagents. Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) paper number SPE 142592.
SPE Middle East Oil and Gas Show and Conference, 2528 September, Manama,
Bahrain.
Abhijit Dandekar
University of Alaska Fairbanks
Preface
Wax deposition has become one of the most common flow assurance prob-
lems in the petroleum industry. As petroleum resources shift from onshore
reservoirs toward offshore subsea production, the industry is currently fac-
ing unprecedented challenges to maintain flow assurance for petroleum
production, in which the strategy to prevent or mitigate wax deposition has
become increasingly costly and complicated.
The goal to manage the issue of wax deposition involves answering the
following three questions:
Do we have a problem for this field?

If yes, what kind of a problem is it? How bad is it?
How can we solve this problem?
They are typical questions to be answered not only for wax-related issues
but also for a variety of many other common production chemistry problems
in general flow assurance practices. The answer to the first question gener-
ally involves only a few fluid testing procedures that are relatively simple,
while much more understandings on production chemistry and fluid flow
are required to address the second question. The answer to the third ques-
tion requires not only knowledge that are shown in chemical engineering
textbooks but also significant operational experience, and the decision mak-
ers have to fully understand the production capability of the field and the
effectiveness as well as implication of any mitigation/remediation methods.
While there are several books that provide general knowledge on flow
assurance, a book that specifically addresses the issue of wax deposition is
still not yet available. This book is the first one that covers the entire spec-
trum of knowledge on wax deposition phenomena. It provides a detailed
description of the thermodynamic and transport theories for wax deposi-
tion modeling and a comprehensive review of the laboratory testing to help
establish appropriate control strategies for the field. It provides a progressive
introduction to help flow assurance engineers to understand the process of
wax deposition, to be familiar with the various methods to identify its sever-
ity, and to eventually control this problem. For engineering students, practic-
ing engineers, and researchers in the field of flow assurance, this book serves
as an in-depth discussion of how fundamental principles of thermodynam-
ics, heat, and mass transfer can be applied to solve a problem common to the
petroleum industry.
Going back to the three key questions that were raised earlier in this
Preface, we hope to provide valuable information in this book that could help
the readers to address these questions. Chapter 1 presents the background
xiii
xiv Preface
of wax deposition, including the cause of the phenomena, the magnitude

of wax deposition problems, as well as its impact on petroleum production.
Chapters 2 and 3 introduce various laboratory techniques and theoretical
models. These testing and modeling are indispensable to address the first
question (Do we have a wax problem?). Chapters 46 present the knowledge
that is critical to answer the second key question (How bad is the problem?).
In Chapter 4, a systematic presentation will be made to describe the process
of wax deposition using chemical engineering fundamentals. It discusses
various models of wax deposition and analyzes the differences between the
assumptions used in these models. In addition, the advantages and disad-
vantages in each model are compared. Chapter 5 provides a detailed descrip-
tion of how to conduct laboratory wax deposition experiments in order to
benchmark different wax deposition models. In this chapter, the applica-
tions of the cold finger apparatus and the lab scale flow loop are highlighted.
Chapter 6 discusses examples of how fundamental principles of heat and
mass transfer can be applied to interpret laboratory wax deposition experi-
ments to better understand wax deposition behaviors and eventually predict
the wax deposit growth in field operations. Chapter 7 brings the readers to
the real world by providing several field examples of how management
strategies for wax deposition in the field can be established based on the
available laboratory testing and modeling work, thereby addressing the
third question (How can we solve the problem?).
This book contains comprehensive knowledge of wax deposition not only
from academic research but also from the flow assurance industry, thanks
to the comments and suggestions from many petroleum companies in the
industry. We acknowledge Tommy Golczynski and Tony Spratt from Assured
Flow Solutions LLC for carefully reviewing the drafts of the book. We thank
all the sponsors of the University of Michigan Industrial Affiliates Program,
including Chevron, ConocoPhillips, Multichem, Nalco, Shell, Statoil, Total,
and Wood Group Kenny. In addition to their financial support to the aca-
demic research to the Michigan Industrial Affiliates Research Program, the
expertise and experience shared by the representatives of these companies
constitute an integral part of the completion of this book. We also thank all
the members of Professor Foglers research group for their effort dedicated to
the Michigan Industrial Affiliates Research Program. Finally, we extend our
gratitude to our family members for their support in completing this book.
Authors
Dr. Zhenyu Huang (Jason) is currently a senior flow

assurance specialist in Assured Flow Solutions LLC,
providing engineering solutions for a variety of flow
assurance issues to the petroleum industry. His expertise
includes production chemistry and multiphase flows. Dr.
Huang has more than 8 years of academic and indus-
trial experience focused extensively on a variety of
wax deposition problems. His work includes model
development, experimental verifications, fluid test-
ing and field applications. He has been involved with
multiple offshore developments that present wax deposition/gelation con-
cerns. He is the subject matter expert on wax-related issues, and he currently
serves as the vice president of the Upstream Engineering and Flow Assurance
Section of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers. Dr. Huang earned
his bachelors degree in Tsinghua University in Beijing, China, in 2006, and
he completed his PhD study at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor in 2011
with a thesis entitled Application of the fundamentals of heat and mass trans-
fer to the investigation of wax deposition in subsea pipelines.
Sheng Zheng (Mark) graduated summa cum laude from

the University of Michigan with a bachelors degree in
chemical engineering and minors in chemistry and
mathematics. He is currently a doctoral candidate in
Professor Foglers research group, specializing in both
cutting-edge experimental characterizations and theo-
retical modeling for wax deposition research. He has
multiple high-quality publications focusing on compo-
sitional wax deposition modeling and wax transport in
multiphase flow conditions. Together with Dr. Huang
during their work at Wood Group Kenny, Mark carried out the DeepStar
Wax Prediction and Pigging Design project, a joint industrial project to com-
prehensively survey and assess current industrial wax management and
control strategies.
xv
xvi Authors
Dr. H. Scott Fogler is the Ame and Catherine Vennema

professor of chemical engineering and the Arthur F.
Thurnau professor at the University of Michigan in
Ann Arbor; he was the 2009 president of the American
Institute of Chemical Engineers. He earned his BS
degreefrom the University of Illinois and his MS and
PhD degrees from the University of Colorado. He is
also the author of the Elements of Chemical Reaction
Engineering, which is one of the main textbooks for
chemical engineering students.
Scott and his students are well known for their work on the application of
chemical reaction engineering principles to the petroleum industry. They
have published over 200 research articles in areas such as wax deposition/
gelation kinetics in subsea pipelines, asphaltene flocculation/deposition
kinetics, scale deposition and acidization of petroleum wells. In 1996, he was
a recipient of the Warren K. Lewis award from the American Institute of
Chemical Engineers for his contributions to chemical engineering education.
He is also a recipient of 11 named lectureships.
1
Introduction
1.1Background of Wax Deposition

Wax deposition is a critical operational challenge to the oil and gas industry.
As early as 1928, wax deposition was reported as an issue that presents
many difficult problems while being produced, transported, and stored
(Reistle, 1932, page 7). Wax deposition problems occur in a wide range of
locations in the petroleum production chain, including flow lines, surface
equipment, and topside facilities, and downstream refineries. In some of the
extreme cases, it can also occur in well tubings.
The waxy components of crude oils, also known as n-paraffins, represent
a group of n-alkanes with carbon numbers that are usually greater than 20
(Lee, 2008). These components are normally dissolved in the oil at reser-
voir conditions where the temperature is relatively high. However, as the
crude oil leaves the reservoir and travels toward processing facilities, its
temperature can decrease substantially and potentially fall below the wax
appearance temperature (WAT) (Berne-Allen & Work, 1938). When the waxy
components can precipitate out of the oil and form solids, resulting in slur-
ries in the oil flow that require higher pressure drop for transportation. More
importantly, the precipitation of these components on the inner surface of
the pipe wall can lead to the formation of wax deposits, which often occurs
on the tubing, the pipelines, and the process equipment (Reistle, 1932).
In early- to mid-1990s, the problem of wax deposition usually occurred
during petroleum production on land or onshore resources (Reistle, 1932).
In 1969, it was reported that the cost for wax control in U.S. domestic pro-
duction amounted annually to $4.5$5 million (Bilderback & McDougall,
1969). Because of easy access and management for these resources, the
problem of onshore wax deposition can be addressed by relatively simple
methods, including the optimization of the operating conditions (pipeline
size, pressure, etc.). Heating of the pipeline or mechanical removal of the
wax deposit was used occasionally and was generally not as prohibitive.
It is during the late twentieth century that the problem of wax deposi-
tion has become increasingly challenging, as the production of petroleum
fluids shifted from onshore resources toward offshore reservoirs around
1
2 Wax Deposition
the world. A schematic of this shift is shown in Figure 1.1 (Huang, Senra,
Kapoor, & Fogler, 2011).
Taking the United States as an example, large offshore reservoirs that are
mainly by the coastlines of Louisiana, Texas, California, and Alaska have
quickly become one of the most crucial elements to the United States stra-
tegic development of energy resources (Economic analysis methodology for the
5-year OCS Oil and Gas Leasing Program for 20122017, 2011). While 20 million
bbl of oils were produced from offshore in the Gulf of Mexico in 1995, this
number has risen to 1400 million bbl in 2007 (Bai & Bai, 2012). The offshore
petroleum fluids are usually transported in long-distance pipelines, which
range from tens to hundreds of kilometers before they eventually reach
onshore processing facilities (Golczynski & Kempton, 2006). The oil typi-
cally comes out of the reservoir at a temperature around 160F and is cooled
significantly as it is transported through the pipes on the ocean floor, where
the water temperature is around 40F. This temperature difference between
the oil in the pipeline and the surrounding water on the ocean floor (160F
to 40F) becomes the driving force that causes the oil in the pipeline to cool
down. As the oil temperature decreases, the waxy components can precipi-
tate out of the oil and form deposits on the pipe wall. The problem of wax
deposition in the subsea pipeline has caused a series of problems for the flow
assurance industry, including increased pressure drop needed for oil trans-
portation and potential blockage of the pipeline. An example of a plugged
Onshore Offshore
FIGURE 1.1
A schematic of the change from onshore to offshore in petroleum production in the late twen-
tieth century. (From Huang, Z. et al., AIChE J. 57, 841851, 2011.)
Introduction 3
pipeline due to wax deposition reported by Singh, Venkatesan, Fogler, and

Nagarajan (2000) is shown in Figure 1.2.
The problem of wax deposition has become such a flow assurance con-
cern that its severity must be assessed in the design of nearly every sub-
sea development across the world, including the Gulf of Mexico (Kleinhans,
Niesen, & Brown, 2000), the North Slope (Ashford, Blount, Marcou, & Ralph,
1990), the North Sea (Labes-Carrier, Rnningsen, Kolnes, & Leporcher, 2002;
Rnningsen, 2012), North Africa (Barry, 1971), Northeast Asia (Bokin, Febrianti,
Khabibullin, & Perez, 2010; Ding, Zhang, Li, Zhang, & Yang, 2006), Southern
Asia (Agrawal, Khan, Surianarayanan, & Joshi, 1990; Suppiah et al., 2010), and
South America (Garcia, 2001). The locations of these oil fields that have been
reported to have concerns of wax deposition are highlighted in Figure1.3.
Significant operational hazards due to wax deposition have been reported
over the past few decades. The U.S. Minerals Management Service reported
51 occurrences of severe wax-related pipeline plugging in the Gulf of Mexico
between the years 1992 and 2002 (Zhu, Walker, & Liang, 2008). One of the
most severe cases was reported by Elf Aquitaine in which a removal of a
wax-related pipeline blockage cost as much as $5 million. The remediation
of this blockage resulted in a 40-day shutdown of the pipeline, which added
an additional loss of $25 million of deferred revenue (Venkatesan, 2004). The
arguably most notorious incidence might be from the Staffa Field, Block 3/8b,
UK North Sea, in which the problem of wax deposition, after several unsuc-
cessful attempts for remediation, eventually led to the abandonment of the
field and its platform (Gluyas & Underhill, 2003), leading to an estimated loss
of as much as $1 billion (Singh, 2000).
One of the main approaches to prevent wax deposition in subsea opera-
tions is pipeline insulation. However, this solution could greatly increase the
FIGURE 1.2
An example of a pipeline being plugged by wax deposits on the wall. (From Singh, P. et al.,
AIChE J., 46, 10591074, 2000.)
4 Wax Deposition
FIGURE 1.3
Areas reported to have wax deposition problems across the world, including the Gulf of
Mexico (Kleinhans et al., 2000), the North Slope (Ashford et al., 1990), the North Sea (Labes-
Carrier et al.,2002; Rnningsen, 2012), North Africa (Barry, 1971), Northeast Asia (Bokin et al., 2010;
Ding et al., 2006), Southern Asia (Agrawal et al., 1990; Suppiah et al., 2010), and South America
(Garcia, 2001).
production cost. For long-distance pipelines where a significant portion of

the pipe is subjected to wax deposition risk, the most frequently used reme-
diation method is called pigging, which uses an inspection gauge with
brushes or blades on its surface to scrape off the wax deposits on the wall
(Golczynski & Kempton, 2006). Normal production is usually interrupted
during the pigging operations, adding to the cost of production. The fre-
quency of pigging can greatly influence the production cost. An estimate of
deferred revenue based on a 29-km production pipeline and a production
rate of 30,000 bbl/day with an oil price of $20/bbl at the time of the study is
shown in Figure 1.4 (Niesen, 2002). It should be noted that the oil price nowa-
days has increased and thus, the production costs related to pigging will be
much higher.
As we can see from the above analysis, it is extremely important to have a
sufficient and rigorous understanding of the physics and chemistry of wax pre-
cipitation/deposition in the pipeline in order to develop economically viable pre-
vention/mitigation strategies. The establishment of such an understanding can
be achieved through a series of laboratory characterizations as well as predictive
modeling that incorporates the fundamentals of thermodynamics and transport
phenomena. The goal of this book is to provide a comprehensive introduction
of the laboratory experiments and the thermodynamic/transport theories used
for wax modeling, and to demonstrate how they can combine to deliver reliable
solutions to address the problem of wax deposition in many cases.
Introduction 5
25 $24.9
Deferred revenue/year ($million)

20
15
$12.4
10
5 $5.8
$2.9
$1.9 $1.0
0
7 14 30 60 90 180
Pigging frequency (days)
FIGURE 1.4
Cost of deferred production due to pigging estimated by Niesen (2002). (Niesen, V.: The real
cost of subsea pigging. E&P Mag. 2002. pp. 9798. Copyright Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.
KGaA. Reproduced with permission.)
1.2Overview of Wax Testing, Modeling, and Management

A general overview of the general methodology used to develop experi-
ments, predictions, and management strategies to address wax deposition is
highlighted in Figure 1.5.
The first task to address in wax deposition is to understand how the waxy
components (also known as n-paraffins) in a particular crude oil precipitate
at different temperatures and pressures. It should be noted that the precipi-
tation of these waxy components is mainly temperature-dependent, as pres-
sure is often found to have an insignificant impact. To accomplish this task,
thermodynamic modeling and experimental measurements are frequently
used in combination to provide reliable information on wax precipitation
characteristics, and these two aspects will be discussed in detail in Chapters
2 and 3. The output of this precipitation analysis is often visualized as a pre-
cipitation curve of the wax, as shown in Figure 1.6.
In a wax precipitation curve, the highest temperature of a precipitation
curve represents the WAT where the crystallization of waxy component starts
to occur during cooling. At low temperatures, the precipitation curve usually
extends to an asymptotic value, which represents the total wax content in oil.
In this book, the experimental characterizations to determine the wax pre-
cipitation curve are highlighted in Chapter 2, while the theoretical modeling
methods to predict the wax precipitation curve are introduced in Chapter 3.
A task of equal importance is to identify the hydrodynamic (i.e., pressure
drop) and the radial and axial temperature profiles along the pipeline or
6 Wax Deposition
Precipitation Tuning Thermodynamic

testing modeling
Thermodynamic
model output
Wax precipitation
curve
Deposition
model input
Deposition Tuning Wax deposition
testing modeling
Deposition
model output
Prediction of wax deposit growth rate in the field

Input for pigging
strategies
Establishment of appropriate pigging frequency
FIGURE 1.5
General overview of wax testing, modeling, and management procedures.
Wax content in oil

precipitated in oil
Fraction of wax
Wax appearance
temperature (WAT)
Temperature
FIGURE 1.6
Schematic of a wax precipitation curve.
process equipment to reveal the location where wax deposition can poten-
tially occur. This task can be completed using a wax deposition model that
usually contains a flow simulator to determine the hydraulic and heat trans-
fer characteristics in the pipe. The location where wax deposition starts to
occur is usually where the inner wall temperature of the pipe drops to below
the wax appearance temperature, as shown in Figure 1.7.
In addition to identifying the potential location of wax deposition in a
pipeline, a wax deposition model can evaluate the severity of wax deposition
by determining the growth rate of the wax deposits. To complete this task,
Introduction 7
Pipeline inner wall

temperature
WAT
Onset location of
wax deposition
Location of the pipeline
FIGURE 1.7
Schematic of the inner wall temperature determined by a wax deposition model to indicate the
onset location for wax deposition.
fundamentals of transport phenomena are used by the wax deposition mod-

els, and they will be described in Chapter 4. The validity of the transport
theories as well as the performance of the wax deposition models is usually
evaluated through comparisons with flow loop wax deposition experiments.
In the past few decades, many laboratory-scale or pilot-scale experiments
have been carried out to study wax deposition. A summary of the laboratory
equipment to study wax deposition is discussed in Chapter 5. In Chapter 6,
examples of model validation using multiple experimental studies are pre-
sented, and the governing principles of the deposition phenomena are dis-
cussed. Through an in-depth theoretical analysis, it provides a revelation of
the variables that have the most influence on the severity of wax deposition.
Chapter 7 highlights the cases where wax deposition modeling has been
applied to the field to identify the appropriate remediation strategies. Also
included in Chapter 7 is a discussion of several paths forward to improve
the current understanding of the wax deposition phenomenon in order to
achieve more rigorous predictions in the field.
2
Experimental Characterization of Important
Wax Thermodynamic Properties
The path to investigate the severity of wax deposition in field pipelines

begins with a study of the key thermodynamic parameters involved in wax
precipitation. This study provides the basic knowledge of wax precipitation
that will enable us to make predictions of wax deposition. In this chapter,
various experimental techniques will be used to characterize two key ther-
modynamic parameters involved in wax deposition from crude oils: the wax
appearance temperature (WAT) and the wax precipitation curve (WPC). In
Chapter 3, theoretical modeling of wax deposition will be introduced to
extend our knowledge of wax deposition to pressures and temperatures
similar to those found in field operations.
An understanding of wax thermodynamics will help us answer three very
important three very important questions about the crude oil of interest:
At what temperature will wax start to precipitate?

How much wax will precipitate at a particular temperature?
What are the properties of the precipitated wax?
Various experimental techniques have been developed to answer these

questions. The principles, applications, and limitations of these experimental
techniques will be discussed in the following.
2.1Introduction
Lets begin with the attempt to answer the first question of wax deposi-
tion, Do we have a problem for this oil field? While a definitive answer to
this question might require sophisticated fluid testing procedures, in many
industrial practices, one can often get a general idea by just looking at a few
parameters, for example, the wax content as well as the WAT. The values of
these parameters can often be found in the fluid testing conducted on the
stock tank oil sample of the production fluid. This testing is usually car-
ried out during the early stage of the flow assurance analysis for a field. An
example of the stock tank oil analysis is shown in Table 2.1.
9
10 Wax Deposition
TABLE 2.1
Example of Stock Tank Oil Analysis Results for Petroleum Fluid
Stock Tank Oil Analysis
Drilling fluid content <0.8 wt% STO
API gravity 32.1 at 60 F
Wax content 4.5 wt%
Asphaltene content 1.8 wt%
Sulfur content 0.9 wt%
Wax appearance temp. (CPM) 95 F
Pour point 30 F
Total acid number 0.07 mg KOH/g
Intuitively, we would think that an oil with more than 10 wt% wax con-
tent is more likely to cause wax deposition problem than another oil with
less than 2 wt% of wax, and that an oil with a WAT of 120F (49C) is likely
to be more difficult to manage than another oil with a WAT of 50F (10C).
Generally speaking, crude oils with more than 2% wax content and a WAT
higher than the ocean floor temperature (39F or 4C) could have wax depo-
sition risks. However, such thresholds only provide a very rough and often
overly conservative estimation. One can possibly find cases that an oil with a
WAT higher than 39F does not exhibit wax deposition during production. In
addition, two oils sharing similar wax content can have a great difference in
their deposition tendency. More importantly, one might find that two char-
acterizations on the same stock tank oil can show drastically different wax
contents or WAT values. In this case, how do we appropriately interpret the
test results and identify which one is more representative of the field?
In this chapter, we will go through a variety of testing methods in great
detail in order to introduce a comprehensive understanding on the labo-
ratory characterizations that would provide the data that are crucial to
reliably determine if a petroleum field is prone to the risk of wax depo-
sition. These characterizations focus on the two key thermodynamic
parameters: the WAT and the WPC. In Chapter 3, theoretical modeling of
wax deposition will be introduced as an alternative approach to study wax
precipitation.
2.2Determination of the WAT

As the temperature of the crude oil decreases, the waxy components start
to precipitate and form solid crystals. The WAT usually refers to this onset
temperature at which the precipitation of wax is observed. The WAT is often
one of the first parameters used in the design of offshore drilling facilities
Experimental Characterization of Wax Thermodynamic Properties 11
because it indicates the possibility of observing wax deposition in oil trans-

portation as well as the location of the onset for wax deposition.
Most of the WAT measurements utilize the change in the physical proper-
ties of the oil during the formation of solid wax crystals. In all techniques for
WAT detection, wax precipitation is first induced by a controlled cooling of
the oil sample. At a temperature below but close to the WAT, the first few
wax crystals form, and the resulting change in physical properties can be
captured by the appropriate instruments; the WAT temperature can thus be
determined.
It should be noted that the definition of the first few wax crystals is
rather loose. For example, using a microscope with 125 magnification,
one can observe wax crystals with a size of ~1 m (Rnningsen, Bjamdal,
Hansen, & Pedersen, 1991). Typically, wax crystals can grow to a size of
>10m. Therefore, the size of a ~1 m crystal indicates that the wax might
be at its early to middle stages of formation (Venkatesan, 2004). However,
even the ~1 m wax crystal is not necessarily the very first formed. Using
more advanced observation techniques with higher size resolution, such
as near-infrared (NIR) scattering, one can observe crystals with an even
smaller size below ~55 nm (~1/200 of the size limit of microscopy) (Paso,
Kallevik, & Sjblom, 2009). Even with NIR, one cannot conclude that the wax
crystal smaller than 55 nm in size is the very first crystal. Actually, there is
no detection technique that can detect the exact onset of wax precipitation
(the thermodynamic WAT), which lies on the solidliquid phase boundary
(Coutinho & Daridon, 2005). At the exact thermodynamic onset temperature
of wax precipitation, the size of the wax crystal is infinitesimally small, and
instrumental techniques require some amount of solid wax to be present in
order for the change in physical properties to be detectable. Consequently,
it is more accurate to say that the WAT determined by instruments repre-
sents the temperature at which a observable amount of wax has precipitated
(instead of saying that the WAT is the onset of wax precipitation). Depending
on the variation in the detection limits, the WAT determined by different
techniques can vary as much as 20C (Coutinho & Daridon, 2005). Due to
the variations in the WAT determined by different techniques, tests using
different techniques are usually performed and cross-compared to establish
bounds on the WAT.
Although different techniques detect the presence of wax crystals based
on different physical properties of the sample, the general strategy applied
in each technique is similar, as summarized in Figure 2.1.
Optical techniques detect the presence of solid wax crystals based on the
interaction between the crystalline material and light. Techniques in this
category include visual inspection, cross-polarized microscopy (CPM), and
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR). These three techniques will
be discussed in Sections 2.1.1 through 2.1.3. Rheological techniques such as
viscometry can be used to detect the presence of suspended solid wax par-
ticles based on the change in bulk viscosity. Determination of WAT based on
12 Wax Deposition
Detect by:
First several Optical approaches;
precipitated wax Rheological approaches;
Controlled crystals Thermal approaches;
cooling Other novel approaches
Liquid oil
Bulk liquid oil
FIGURE 2.1
General strategy of WAT detection.
viscometry will be discussed in Section 2.1.4. Thermal techniques such as

differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) identify the change in released heat
due to crystallization of wax and will be discussed in Section 2.1.5. The com-
parison between the WAT measured by various techniques will be provided
in Section 2.1.6. Other novel but not yet widely adopted techniques will be
briefly introduced in Section 2.1.7.
2.2.1Visual Inspection
Solid wax crystals scatter light, and thus the oilwax suspension appears
opaque. Using visual inspection, one can determine the WAT to be the tem-
perature at which cloudiness of the oil can first be observed due to wax
precipitation. Consequently, the WAT is also known as the cloud point.
Standard testing methods, such as ASTM-D2500, are developed based on
the visual inspection of wax solids by the naked eye (ASTM International,
2011). Figure 2.2 shows the experimental apparatus for the determination of
the WAT using ASTM-D2500.
Thermometer
Sample cell
Cooling bath

FIGURE 2.2
Apparatus for cloud point test using ASTM-D2500.
A sample of crude oil is placed in a test jar and then submerged in a cool-
ing bath at a constant temperature. The decrease in the sample temperature is
monitored by a thermometer. After the temperature of the sample is decreased
by 1C, the test jar is removed from the cooling bath and inspected for signs of
solid precipitation. It should be noted that excessive temperature differences
between the cooling bath and the sample can lead to supercooling of the sample
and thus delay the formation of solid crystals (Bhat & Mehrotra, 2004; Coutinho
& Daridon, 2005). Therefore, it might appear to make sense to utilize computer-
programmed controllers to impose more carefully controlled slow cooling steps
to alleviate the effects of supercooling on wax crystal formation. However, even
with an infinitesimally slow cooling rate, the exact onset of wax precipitation is
still experimentally inaccessible due to the aforementioned detection limits of
the apparatus. Moreover, when the cooling rate approaches zero, measurement
of the WAT is unreasonably long and tedious. Practically speaking, when the
sample is cooled at a finite cooling rate ranging from 0.1C/min to 10C/min
(Hansen, Larsen, Pedersen, Nielsen, & Rnningsen, 1991; Rnningsen et al.,
1991). Within this practical range of cooling rates, supercooling is likely to occur,
and thus the measured WAT will vary with the cooling rate.
Regardless of the WAT detection methods used, wax precipitation must be
first induced by cooling the sample. Therefore, uncertainties in the WAT caused
by supercooling can be considered as a universal limitation in WAT detec-
tion techniques. In general, the measured WAT decreases as the cooling rate
increases because of the increasing extent of supercooling. Table 2.2 summa-
rizes the effects of the cooling rate on the WAT when different techniques are
applied.
It should be noted that the effect of the cooling rate on the WAT measured
by ASTM is not listed in Table 2.2 because the cooling rate in the ASTM is
not controlled.
The reliability of the WAT determined by ASTM-D2500 will vary for oil
with different waxy components. For example, for a model n-C12 (oil) and
n-C16 (wax) system that is transparent and colorless, the WAT measured by
ASTM-D2500 correlates well within ~1C difference of the values provided
by DSC and viscometry (Bhat & Mehrotra, 2004). Crude oils are usually dark
in color due to the light absorbance of the many other components such as
aromatics. Therefore, the determination of the first haziness during cooling
TABLE 2.2
Summary of the Effect of Cooling Rate on the Variation in Measured WAT
Technique Variation in Cooling Rates Decrease in WAT Source of Studies
CPM 0.1C/min to 0.5C/min ~3C/min Rnningsen et al. (1991)
DSC 1C/min to 3C/min <1C/min Alghanduri, Elgarni,
Daridon, and Coutinho
(2010)
Viscometry 0.03C/min to 0.2C/min <1.5C/min Rnningsen et al. (1991)
14 Wax Deposition
can be more difficult than in the case of model mixtures. The crude oil WAT
determined from ASTM-D2500 seems to be consistently ~5C lower than the
values determined by DSC and viscometry (Claudy, Letoffe, Neff, & Damin,
1986; Kruka, Cadena, & Long, 1995). Moreover, ASTM-D2500 is not applicable
when the color of the sample is darker than the ASTM-D1500 color of 3.5.
ASTM-D3117 was developed from the ASTM-D2500 based on the moti-
vation to facilitate visual observation of haziness in dark samples. In
ASTM-D3117, a smaller sample cell with an inner diameter (I.D.) of 0.8
in. is used in place of the ~1.2 in. I.D. sample cell used in ASTM-D2500.
Using a thinner sample cell, the thickness of the liquid sample film is
reduced, and the crude oil will appear less dark and thus allow bet-
ter observation of the first haziness. However, the improvement from
ASTM-D2500 to ASTM-D3117 might still not be sufficient to determine
the WAT of dark crude samples. Ijeomah et al. (2008) attempted to use
ASTM-D3117 to measure the WAT of a synthetic crude and an Alaska
North Slope (ANS) pipeline crude. In the study by Ijeomah et al., it was
reported that ASTM-D3117 is only applicable to the GTL sample because
it is transparent and light in color, while the determination of the WAT of
the ANS crude is impossible due to its dark color.
As is presented in this section, ASTM-D2500 and ASTM-D3117 provide
two rapid approaches to determine the WAT. However, the applicability of
these two methods in the determination of the crude oil WAT is greatly lim-
ited due to the dark color of the crude oil samples. In addition, the uncon-
trolled cooling in these two testing methods is likely to cause delay in wax
precipitation and underestimation of the WAT.
2.2.2CPM Techniques
CPM has the following advantages over ASTM-D2500 and ASTM-D3117:
It uses magnification lenses to extend the detection limits to smaller

crystal sizes.
It applies cross-polarized light to allow the detection of solids in
dark oil samples.
The procedure to detect the WAT using CPM techniques is similar to that
of visual inspection: A drop of liquid oil sample is placed on a glass slide
and covered with a top glass to form a ~50 m liquid film. The liquid film is
then cooled at a cooling rate of usually 0.5 to 1C/min, and the first sign of
crystal formation is monitored by the microscope. Using a microscope, the
object can be magnified by ~100-fold, and one can observe solids as small
as ~0.5 to 1 m. In addition, the contrast between the wax solid and the liq-
uid is enhanced using cross-polarized light instead of unpolarized light.
Under a cross-polarized microscope, the liquid oil appears black because
cross-polarizedlight cannot pass through two perpendicular Nicol prisms,

as shown in Figure 2.3a. However, crystalline materials such as wax crystals
are optically anisotropic and therefore can rotate the plane of polarization
of the polarized light, allowing a portion of the cross-polarized light to pass
through the Nicol prisms, as shown in Figure 2.3b.
Consequently, wax crystals appear bright under a cross-polarized micro-
scope as they form while the liquid remains black. The enhanced contrast
between liquid and solid extends the applicability of the CPM methods to
detecting the WAT of crude oil samples with a relatively dark color. Figure
2.4 shows a representative micrograph showing wax precipitating from a
North Sea crude oil sample (Rnningsen et al., 1991). Due to these advan-
tages, CPM has been widely used for the measurement of WAT of crude oils.
Table 2.3 summarizes studies where the determination of WAT using CPM
is reported.
It has been reported in multiple studies that CPM consistently gives WATs
higher than those measured by other techniques, e.g., viscometry and DSC
(Erickson et al., 1993; Monger-McClure et al., 1999; Rnningsen et al., 1991). In
some cases, the WAT measured by CPM can be more than 10C higher than
the WAT measured by viscometry and DSC. While CPM is able to detect
wax crystals when they reach ~1 m in size, the heat effects and the change
in bulk viscosity associated with such small amount of precipitation are usu-
ally undetectable by DSC or viscometry. It usually requires 0.30.4 wt% solid
Vertical Horizontal
polarizing polarizing
filter filter
Light cannot pass

LED
Unpolarized Polarized Polarized

Liquid
light light light
(a)
Vertical Horizontal
Plane of
polarizing polarizing
polarization
filter filter
rotated
Light can pass

LED
Unpolarized Polarized Polarized

Crystal
(b) light light light
FIGURE 2.3
Interactions between the cross-polarized light and (a) homogeneous liquid and (b) crystalline
material.
16 Wax Deposition
FIGURE 2.4
Photomicrograph of wax crystals under cross-polarized microscope; wax crystals appear as
white flocs. (From Rnningsen, H. P. et al., Energy & Fuels, 5, 895908, 1991.)
suspended in the liquid bulk in order for the change in viscosity to be detect-
able (Rnningsen et al., 1991).
It should be noted that in ASTM-D2500, ASTM-D3117, and the CPM
method, detection of the WAT is often dependent on the operators judg-
ment call of observing the first cloudiness or observing the first crys-
tals. Consequently, the WAT determined by different observers can vary.
Rnningsen et al. (1991) pointed out that the measurements made by one
operator normally are repeatable within ~1C, whereas the results obtained
by different operators agree within 1.5C2C. In order to reduce the subjec-
tivity in the measurements, Kok et al. (1996) utilized a photomonitor to track
the variation in the intensity of transmitted light through the sample, reduc-
ing the subjectivity in the WAT measurements due to different operators.
The CPM technique for the determination of the WAT overcomes the major
drawbacks in ASTM-D2500 and ASTM-D3117 and has become the most
applied technique in the determination of the WAT of crude oils. However, it
should be noted that both ASTM-D2500/D3117 and CPM methods are based
on the operators visual detection of the first cloudiness. Therefore, measure-
ments by different operators can vary, reducing the reliability of these two
TABLE 2.3
Summary of Experimental Studies on the Determination of WAT Using
CPMTechniques
Studies Sample Origin Number of Samples
Rnningsen et al. (1991) North Sea 17
Erickson, Niesen, and Brown (1993) Gulf of Mexico 15
Monger-McClure, Tackett, and Gulf of Mexico, Trinidad, 13
Merrill (1999) Michigan, and Oklahoma
Cazaux, Barre, and Brucy (1998) Undisclosed 2
Paso et al. (2009) Undisclosed 2
methods. In Sections 2.1.3 through 2.1.5, WAT detection techniques based

on measurable physical properties will be discussed. It is expected that the
subjectivity in these techniques can be greatly reduced.
2.2.3Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy

FT-IR techniques measure the WAT based on the distinct IR absorbance of
solid wax compared with liquid oil. Consequently, the WAT measured by
FT-IR techniques is not subject to the variations in the judgment calls by
different operators as in the case with the ASTM D-2500, -D3117, and CPM
techniques. The principles and applications of FT-IR in WAT determination
will be discussed in this section.
Long-chain hydrocarbons with more than four consecutively connected
methylene groups (CH2), such as wax (n-alkanes), selectively absorb IR
light with a wavenumber (often noted as ) of ~720 cm1 to excite the rocking
vibrational mode of the hydrocarbon chain, as shown in Figure 2.5 (Smith,
1999; Streitwieser & Heathcock, 1976). The absorption of the v = 720 cm1 light
results in a peak in a FT-IR absorption spectrum, as shown in Figure 2.6. The
absorption by long-chain hydrocarbons is known as A720.
In crystalline wax, the 720 cm1 absorption band splits into two bands at
730 and 722 cm1 due to the distinguishable in-phase covibration and out-of-
phase covibration between the closely packed alkane chains in the crystal
lattice (Smith, 1999). A typical IR absorption spectrum of crystalline wax is
shown in Figure 2.7.
FIGURE 2.5
CH2rocking vibrational modes in n-alkane chains.
A720
FIGURE 2.6
IR absorption spectrum of long-chain hydrocarbons with a characteristic absorbance at =
720 cm1.
18 Wax Deposition
A730
A722
A
FIGURE 2.7
IR spectrum of crystalline long-chain hydrocarbons with the original 720 cm1 absorption split
into two bands at 730 and 722 cm1.
The absorbance, A, cannot be used to correlate the amount of crystalline

wax present because it varies with the shape of the IR absorption spectrum
as the temperature changes (Roehner & Hanson, 2001).
Instead of the absorbance, the intensity, I, defined as the integrated area
below the spectrum, as shown in Figure 2.8, is used to correlate with the
amount of crystalline wax present in the sample.
The appearance of the wax crystals can alter the intensity of the liquid
phase. At this point, the intensity represents a sum of the two components
from both liquid and crystalline wax, as shown in Equation 2.1:
Itotal = xliquidIliquid + (1 xliquid)Icrystalline (2.1)
Although the exact reason is not yet completely understood, it is observed

that the intensity of absorbance by solid alkanes, Icrystalline, is often ~50%
greater than that of the liquid alkanes, Iliquid (Snyder, Hallmark, Strauss,
& Maroncelli, 1986). Consequently, as wax crystallizes upon cooling, one
observes an increase in the intensity, as shown in Figure 2.9.
The inflection point on the intensity vs. temperature curve is thus noted as
the WAT. Table 2.4 summarizes several studies where the WAT of crude oils
were measured using the FT-IR method.
In this section, the FT-IR technique for the determination of the WAT
was discussed. FT-IR can be applied to measure the WAT of both the model
A730
A722 Shaded area
represents I
A
FIGURE 2.8
Definition of the intensity of IR absorbance as a quantitative variable to correlate to the amount
of crystalline wax in oil.
Intensity (I )
WAT
Temperature (T )
FIGURE 2.9
A drastic increase in the intensity as wax crystals form.
TABLE 2.4
Summary of Experimental Studies on the Determination of WAT Using
FT-IRTechniques
Literature Sample Origin Number of Samples
Roehner and Hanson (2001) Gulf of Mexico, Utah-Grand County, 3
and Alaska North Slope crude oil
Monger-McClure et al. Gulf of Mexico, Trinidad, Michigan, 13
(1999) and Oklahoma
Alcazar-Vara and Gulf of Mexico 3
Buenrostro-Gonzalez (2011)
mixture and crude oils that are dark in color. The sensitivity of the detec-
tion of the WAT by FT-IR can be comparable to the CPM method. However,
it is sometimes difficult to determine the inflection point in the intensity
temperature curve and thus difficult to determine the WAT. The uncertain-
ties in the determination of the inflection point prevail when the crude oil
of interest has a relatively wide n-alkane distribution or a low total n-alkane
content (Coutinho & Daridon, 2005).
2.2.4Viscometry
Above the WAT, the crude oil behaves as a Newtonian fluid, and the viscos-
ity of oil as a function of temperature can be described using the following
Arrhenius-type equation:
= AeEa/RT (2.2)
where E is typically in the range of 1030 kJ/mol, and A is around 15 103

Pa s (Rnningsen et al., 1991). As temperature is lowered below the WAT, the
wax precipitates, and the precipitated solids remain suspended in the bulk
liquid. The suspended wax particles change the flow properties of the crude
oil. At temperatures slightly below the WAT, the oil usually remains as a
Newtonian fluid, but the viscosity increases at a higher rate with decreas-
ing temperature compared to crude oil above the WAT (Li & Zhang, 2003;
20 Wax Deposition
Yan & Luo, 1987). Determination of the WAT based on viscometry utilizes
the change in the slope in the viscosity vs. temperature curve. In a typical
experimental measurement of viscosity using a rheometer, the oil sample is
cooled at a rate of 0.03C2C/min (Rnningsen et al., 1991). The change of
viscosity as a function of temperature is measured under a constant shear
rate between 30 and 300 s1 (Rnningsen et al., 1991). In terms of reproduc-
ibility, the viscosity in the Newtonian region may have an error bar within
0.5%1%, while the viscosity in the non-Newtonian region can achieve an
error bar within 10% (Rnningsen et al., 1991).
In the viscositytemperature curve of a fluid, extrapolation from the
Newtonian region is performed to determine the WAT, as shown in Figure 2.10.
The fitting can be done as an exponential fitting of as a function T using a
computer, shown in Figure 2.10a or a semilog paper with ln() as a function of
1/T, shown in Figure 2.10b. Table 2.5 summarizes some of the representative
studies in which the WAT of the crude oils is determined based on viscosity
measurements.
It should be noted that when the temperature is further lowered below the
WAT, a substantial amount of wax can precipitate and remain suspended in
ln()
Actual viscosity
Extrapolated based on
Arrhenius equation
(a) WAT T (b) WAT 1/T
FIGURE 2.10
(a) Plot of a representative crude oil viscosity as a function of temperature with the dashed line
showing the extrapolation from the Newtonian region of the curve. (b) Plot of ln() as a func-
tion of 1/T with the dashed line showing extrapolation from the Newtonian region.
TABLE 2.5
Several Representative Studies Reporting the Measurement of WAT Based on
Viscosity Measurements
Rnningsen et al. (1991) North Sea 17
Kruka et al. (1995) Middle East 1
Kok et al. (1996) Undisclosed 15
Cazaux et al. (1998) Undisclosed 2
Elsharkawy, Al-Sahhaf, and Fahim (2000) Middle East 8
Alcazar-Vara and Buenrostro-Gonzalez (2011) Gulf of Mexico 3
Erickson et al. (1993) Gulf of Mexico 15
ln()
Non-Newtonian
.
. 1 Newtonian
2
.
3
T
Abnormal point WAT
FIGURE 2.11
Change of crude oil viscosity during cooling processes. (From Li, H., & Zhang, J. Fuel, 82,
13871397, 2003.)
the crude oil, causing the shear-thinning characteristics of the crude oil, as
In this section, the determination of the WAT based on viscometry was dis-
cussed. The sensitivity of the viscometry technique is lower than CPM and
FT-IR. In most cases, an amount of 0.30.4 wt% solid material needs to have
precipitated in order to cause a detectable deviation in the viscosity, whereas
the wax crystals only need to grow to ~1 m to be detectable by CPM, cor-
responding to ~0.1 wt% solid material in the liquid (Rnningsen et al., 1991).
Therefore, the WAT determined based on viscosity measurements can be
0C10C lower than the values determined by CPM (Erickson et al., 1993;
Rnningsen et al., 1991). Depending on the composition of the precipitating
n-alkane, the change in the slope of the viscositytemperature curve near the
WAT can be either sharp or gradual. If the precipitating n-alkane only covers a
narrow range of carbon numbers, the change in the slope is likely to be sharp
because n-alkanes precipitate in a narrow temperature range. Contrarily, if
the precipitating n-alkane covers a wide range of carbon numbers, the change
in the slope is likely to be gradual as the n-alkanes precipitate over a wider
temperature range. Sometimes, the change in the slope can become difficult
to identify when very little wax is precipitating, which will cause a significant
underestimation of the WAT (Kok et al., 1996; Kruka et al., 1995).
2.2.5Thermal TechniquesDSC
Wax precipitation is an exothermic process. Thermal techniques, e.g.,DSC,
capture the heat of crystallization released by the sample upon wax precipi-
tation and thus detect the onset of wax precipitation. It should be noted that
due to the thermal resistance of the sample and thus the finite rate of heat
transfer, the actual temperature of the sample does not respond instanta-
neously to changes in the temperature. When the sample is cooled at a rate
22 Wax Deposition
of 10C/min, the temperature reading provided from the instrument can be

~5C lower than the actual temperature of the sample (Hansen et al., 1991).
Therefore, in order to obtain reliable values for the WAT, the temperature
scale of the DSC instrument needs to be calibrated to account for the lag in
the sample temperature compared with the temperature set point. The cali-
bration can be conducted by measuring the melting point of known materi-
als with high purity (e.g., indiums melting point at 156.60C) using the same
cooling procedure as that used for crude oil WAT measurements. Detailed
operating procedures for DSC temperature calibration can be found in
ASTM-E967-08 (ASTM International, 2008).
After the instrument is calibrated, an oil sample is placed in an ~4075 L
stainless steel/aluminum capsule and cooled at a rate of ~0.5C10C/min
while the heat flow from the sample is recorded. A comprehensive procedure
for the determination of the WAT using DSC can be found in ASTM-D4419-90
(ASTM International, 2010).
The procedures used in other studies resemble this standard testing
method, while some case-specific parameters, such as the scanning rate and
the amount of the sample, may vary from study to study. At the WAT, the heat
of crystallization is released, resulting in an increase in heat flow. It should
be noted that even without wax precipitation, the cooling of the oil sample
requires heat to be removed from the sample. This heat removed from the
sample will also be recorded by DSC (Hansen et al., 1991). Consequently, in
order to isolate the heat effect due to wax precipitation from the heat effect
due to temperature decrease, a baseline of the DSC thermogram needs to
be defined. In a typical crude oil WAT characterization using DSC, one can
define a baseline by connecting the starting point and the end point of a DSC
exotherm, as shown in Figure 2.12 (Hansen et al., 1991).
The actual thermogram deviates from the baseline due to wax precipita-
tion, as can be seen from Figure 2.12. The intersection of the baseline with the
tangent of the leading peak edge at its inflection point is often defined as the
Baseline
Heat flow
Inflection
point
T WAT
FIGURE 2.12
The definition of baseline and the WAT based on a typical DSC thermogram.
10
Heat flow (mcal/sec)
0
140 40 60
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 2.13
DSC thermogram of North Sea crude oil with narrow temperature range of wax precipitation.
(From Hansen, A. B. et al., Energy & Fuels, 5, 914923, 1991.)
WAT for this method (Standard Test Method for Measurement of Transition
Temperatures of Petroleum Waxes by DSC, 2013). It should be noted that the
shape of the thermogram greatly depends on the composition of the wax.
A sharp peak on the thermogram can be observed when the precipitation
of wax occurs in a narrow temperature range, as can be seen from Figure
2.13. The heat release peak can be gradual if the wax precipitation occurs in
a wide temperature range. Due to the complex composition of the wax in
the crude oil, its DSC thermogram can sometimes be irregular, as shown
inFigure 2.14 (Hansen et al., 1991).
10
Heat flow (mcal/sec)
5
WAT = 31.5C
0
140 40 60
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 2.14
DSC thermogram of North Sea crude oil with irregular shape. (From Hansen, A. B. et al.,
Energy & Fuels, 5, 914923, 1991.)
24 Wax Deposition
Due to these complications, the determination of the intersection between

the baseline and the tangent of the peak front can become difficult (Hansen
et al., 1991). In many cases, the WAT is determined as the temperature at
which visible deviation of the thermogram from the baseline can be identi-
fied (Hansen et al., 1991). The standard deviation of the WAT determined
from thermogram is ~2C (Hansen et al., 1991).
Table 2.6 summarizes the experimental studies where the determination
of the WAT by DSC is reported. Similar to other WAT measurements, DSC
requires a sufficient amount of wax (~0.30.4 wt%) to crystallize in order for
the heat effect to be detectable (Hansen et al., 1991). This value is generally
greater than that for CPM, and thus the WAT determined from the DSC can
be ~8C lower than that determined by the CPM. However, the sensitivity of
DSC in the determination of the WAT might be comparable with that deter-
mined by viscosity measurements, as both techniques require ~0.30.4 wt%
of solid present at the WAT (Hansen et al., 1991). In addition to the amount
of crystallization, the intensity of the DSC heat flow signal is also depen-
dent on the rate of crystallization. The rate of crystallization decreases with
a decreasing cooling rate. A low crystallization rate can make it difficult for
the DSC to detect the heat of crystallization (Coutinho & Daridon, 2005).
Therefore, a cooling rate that is too low could reduce the sensitivity of DSC,
although it might alleviate the supercooling effect encountered at a fast cool-
ing rate (Elsharkawy et al., 2000). Figure 2.15 shows a representative trend in
DSC thermogram at different cooling rates.
As can be seen in Figure 2.15, the detected onset of heat release shifts
toward the right as the cooling rate decreases, indicating that the impact of
supercooling is reduced, and the measured WAT is closer to the thermody-
namic WAT. However, the intensity of the heat release peak also decreases as
the cooling rate is lowered. If the cooling rate is further lowered, one would
expect the intensity of heat release peak to continue to decrease and eventu-
ally become overshadowed by the noise.
TABLE 2.6
Summary of Studies Reporting Measurement of WAT Using DSC
Hansen et al. (1991) North Sea 17
Monger-McClure et al. (1999) Gulf of Mexico 13
Elsharkawy et al. (2000) Middle East 8
Alghanduri et al. (2010) Libya 5
Alcazar-Vara and Buenrostro-Gonzalez (2011) Gulf of Mexico 3
de Oliveira et al. (2012) Brazil 2
1 Decrease in cooling rate

mW
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 C
FIGURE 2.15
DSC thermogram obtained by cooling a crude oil sample at (a) 10C/min, (b) 7C/min, (c) 4C/
min, and (d) 1C/min. (From Jiang, Z. et al., Fuel, 80, 367371, 2001.)
The DSC method has two unique advantages over other detection meth-
ods. Firstly, DSC analysis can identify different temperature regions where
wax precipitates (Kruka et al., 1995). Hammami and Mehrotra (1995) have
demonstrated that using DSC, one can observe the precipitation of differ-
ent n-alkanes occurring at different temperature ranges. Figure 2.16 shows a
DSC thermogram of the C50 + C44 binary mixture.
Exothermal (arbitrary units)
C50 fraction
1.00
0.75
0.50
0.25
0.00
60 80 100 120
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 2.16
DSC thermogram of the C50 + C44 binary mixture at 1C/min cooling rate. The C50 fraction in
the binary mixture varies from 1.00 to 0.00. (From Hammami, A., & Mehrotra, A. K., Fluid Phase
Equilib., 111, 253272, 1995.)
26 Wax Deposition
It is seen from Figure 2.16 that two distinct peaks can be identified from
the thermogram. The peak in the higher temperature region is associated
with the crystallization of C50, and the other peak in the low temperature
region is due to the crystallization of C44.
Secondly, DSC can be adapted to determine the WAT of live crude oils that
often contain a significant amount of light ends. The light ends in live crude
often have a bubble point below atmospheric pressure. The effect of the light
end composition on the crude oil WAT can be profound (Juyal, Cao, Yen, &
Venkatesan, 2011). In this case, the WAT increases as the amount of dissolved
light end decreases. In the case of a North Sea gas condensate, an increase as
large as 10C in the WAT is observed due to depressurization and the loss of
light end (Daridon, Coutinho, & Montel, 2001). During a DSC test, one can
maintain the dissolved gas in live crude by regulating the sample pressure
over a range of 11000 bars using a specific high-pressure testing cell. The
WAT of live crudes can thus be measured (Juyal et al., 2011; Vieira, Buchuid,
& Lucas, 2010).
In this section, the determination of the WAT by DSC was discussed. The
sensitivity of DSC in determining the WAT is comparable to that of viscom-
etry but is less than that of CPM and FT-IR. The DSC method has two advan-
tages over other techniques: it can detect different temperature ranges of
wax precipitation and can be adapted to measure the WAT of live crude oils
at elevated pressure.
2.2.6Comparison between Different WAT Measurements

At this point, one might ask the question, How do the WAT values by these
four techniques compare? Over the past two decades, the CPM method,
the viscometry method, the DSC method, and the FT-IR method have been
extensively compared in multiple comparative studies. Table 2.7 summarizes
some of the most representative ones that were chosen to be highlighted in
this book.
Due to the low detection limit of the CPM method, it is likely that CPM
provides the most conservative measure of the WAT among the four meth-
ods. Figure 2.17 summarizes the statistics of 104 pairs of comparison of the
WAT by DSC and WAT by viscosity and the WAT by CPM.
TABLE 2.7
Four Representative Reviews Comparing the WAT Values Obtained from
Different Detection Techniques
Literature CPM DSC Viscometry FT-IR
Erickson et al. (1993)
Kruka et al. (1995)
Monger-McClure et al. (1999)
Coutinho and Daridon (2005)
80
WATDSC > WATCPM
(16 examples)
60
WATDSC (C)
40
20
WATDSC < WATCPM
(35 examples)
0
0 20 40 60 80
(a) WATCPM (C)
80
WATviscometry > WATCPM
(8 examples)
60
WATviscometry (C)
40
20
WATviscometry < WATCPM
(35 examples)
0
0 20 40 60 80
(b) WATCPM (C)
FIGURE 2.17
Comparison between the WAT measured by different methods: (a) DSC and CPM; (b) viscom-
etry and CPM.
It is seen that, statistically, the WAT determined by CPM is higher than the
WAT determined either by DSC or by viscometry, indicating that CPM provides
the most conservative value (the highest estimation) for the WAT in most cases.
Different from the DSC and viscometry measurements, which generally
provide lower WATs than CPM, FT-IR provides WAT values that are com-
parable with those measured by CPM, as shown in Figure 2.18 (Monger-
McClure et al., 1999).
Meanwhile, the viscometry and DSC method usually provide comparable
WAT values, as can be seen in Figure 2.19. The number of cases where the
WAT (DSC) is greater than the WAT (viscometry) is similar to the number of
cases where the WAT (DSC) is smaller than the WAT (viscometry), indicating
that both techniques often share similar sensitivity.
In summary, for the WATs determined by the four techniques, one might
wonder which is the correct WAT. Actually, none of these four WAT values
28 Wax Deposition
80
60
WATFT-IR (C)
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80
WATCPM (C)
FIGURE 2.18
Comparison between the WAT obtained from FT-IR and the WAT obtained from CPM.
20
16
Number of examples
12
0
<10C 10C 5C 5C0C 0C5C 5C10C >10C
TDSCTviscometry
TDSCTviscometry < 0, TDSCTviscometry > 0,

viscometry more sensitive DSC more sensitive
FIGURE 2.19
Comparisons between the WAT measured by the viscometry method and the DSC method.
is correct because none of them represents the exact onset of wax precipita-
tion. The WATs provided by CPM and FT-IR are the closest to the exact onset
at the thermodynamic WAT, whereas the WATs provided by DSC and viscos-
ity are usually further below the thermodynamic WAT. The WATs by DSC
and viscometry thus provide an estimation of temperature below which
severe wax precipitation could occur.
2.2.7Other Techniques That Are Under Development

In order to enhance the sensitivity of DSC, Jiang, Hutchinson, and Imrie (2001)
explored the feasibility of using temperature-modulated DSC (TMDSC) to
measure the WAT. Compared with regular DSC, in TMDSC, a sinusoidal
temperature modulation is superimposed on a constant cooling rate. The
temperature at different times and the cooling rate in a TMDSC can thus be
described by Equation 2.3:
T = T0 t + AT sin(t)
dT (2.3)
= + AT cos(t)
dt
The term represents the constant cooling rate, and the term ATcos(t)
represents the additional oscillation in the cooling rate imposed by TMDSC.
In theory, the additional oscillation in the cooling rate enhances the rate of
crystallization near the WAT. Unfortunately, the results reported by Jiang et
al. have not yet demonstrated a significant improvement over conventional
DSC (Coutinho & Daridon, 2005).
Other techniques to measure the WAT include NIR scattering, x-ray CT,
densitometry, and filter plugging. Details regarding the principles and detec-
tion limits of these techniques are summarized in Table 2.8. Sample studies
applying these techniques for WAT detection are also provided in Table 2.8.
TABLE 2.8
Summary of Principles, Detection Limits, and Sample Studies of NIR Scattering,
X-Ray CT, Densitometry, and Filter-Plugging for WAT Detection
Technique Principle Detection Limit Sample Study
NIR scattering Solid wax crystals can Theoretically more Paso et al. (2009)
scatter NIR light. sensitive than CPM and
can detect wax crystals
with size ~55nm
X-ray CT A solid wax crystal has a Comparable to ASTM Karacan, Demiral,
higher density than the but can detect the WAT and Kok (2000)
liquid bulk. for dark crude oils,
which cannot be
analyzed using ASTM
Densitometry Comparable to DSC and Alcazar-Vara and
viscometry Buenrostro-
Gonzalez (2011)
Filter-plugging Solid wax crystals larger Comparable to CPM Monger-McClure
than ~5 m in size clog et al. (1999)
a filter with pore size
~5m, resulting in a
detectable increase in
the differential pressure.
30 Wax Deposition
2.3Determination of the WPC

In Section 2.1, it was shown that the detection of WAT depends on the change
in physical properties caused by the presence of solid wax. In fact, some of
these changes in physical properties are directly proportional to or can be
well correlated with the actual amount of the solid wax. Therefore, in addi-
tion to the measurement of the WAT, the changes in these physical properties
provide information regarding the amount of precipitated wax at any tem-
perature below the WAT, which is a very important piece of information also
known as the WPC, as shown in Figure 2.20.
The wax precipitation curve will be noted as WPC in this book. Table 2.9 sum-
marizes the properties correlated to the amount of wax precipitation and the
corresponding experimental techniques that directly measure these properties.
2.3.1Differential Scanning Calorimetry

The WPC is most often measured by DSC in industrial practice. Figure 2.21
shows a schematic of a DSC thermogram of waxy oil during cooling.
As previously discussed in Section 2.1.5, in the DSC thermogram, the heat
release curve deviates from its baseline due to wax precipitation. The cumula-
tive heat released from the onset of precipitation to a certain temperature can
be obtained by integrating the area enclosed by the thermogram and the base-
line, as shown in Figure 2.21. This cumulative heat released (qWATT ) is related
to the amount of wax that has precipitated from a temperature above the WAT
to a particular temperature, wwax, as shown in Equation 2.4:
qWATT
wwax , WATT = (2.4)
H crystallization

Wax content in oil

precipitated in oil
Fraction of wax
(g/g crude oil)
WAT
Temperature (K)
FIGURE 2.20
A representative example of the WPC of a crude oil.
TABLE 2.9
Summary of Different Experimental Techniques to Characterize the Wax
Precipitation Curve
Property Directly Relation to the Amount
Technique Measured of Precipitated Solid Wax Examples
DSC Heat flow due to The heat flow released Hansen et al. (1991);
precipitation during precipitation is Elsharkawy et al. (2000);
directly proportional to Martos et al. (2008, 2010);
the amount of wax Coto, Martos, Espada,
precipitated. Robustillo, Pea et al.
(2011); Coto, Martos,
Espada, Robustillo,
Merino-Garca et al. (2011)
Nuclear Resonance peak The peak intensity is Pedersen, Hansen, Larsen,
magnetic intensity directly proportional to Nielsen, and Rnningsen
resonance the number of hydrogen (1991)
(NMR) atoms in the solid phase.
FT-IR Intensity of FT-IR The intensity of the Alcazar-Vara and
absorbance characteristic FT-IR Buenrostro-Gonzalez
absorbance is directly (2011); Roehner and
proportional to the Hanson (2001)
amount of solid wax.
Baseline
Shaded area represents the

Heat flow
cumulative heat released during

the cooling from WAT to T
T < WAT
WAT
T
FIGURE 2.21
Representative DSC thermogram of waxy crude oil. The cumulative heat released due to wax
precipitation can be determined by integrating the area enclosed by the baseline and the
thermogram.
32 Wax Deposition
Knowing the heat of crystallization, Hcrystallization, one can calculate the

amount of solid wax that has precipitated when cooled from WAT to T
according to Equation 2.4. It should be noted that determination of an appro-
priate value for Hcrystallization to be used in Equation 2.4 is a nontrivial matter.
Depending on the origin of the wax, its enthalpy of crystallization can vary
from ~100 to 300 J/g. Moreover, wax precipitated at different temperatures can
have different chain lengths and thus different enthalpies of crystallization.
In absence of additional knowledge, the following assumptions regarding
the enthalpy of crystallization are usually made to calculate the WPC:
The enthalpy of crystallization of waxes is a constant (not changing
with respect to temperature).
The enthalpy of crystallization has a value of 200 J/g.
Both of these assumptions might not be valid and thus introduce uncer-
tainties in the precipitation curve constructed from a DSC trace. Theaccu-
racy of the precipitation curve from DSC can be improved if one also knows
the total wax content in the oil. Knowing the total wax content in the oil, one
can scale the DSC precipitation curve until it matches the measured total
wax content in the low temperature range. The total wax content can usually
be measured using well-established protocols, such as UOP 46-64 or UOP
46-85, as well as other more advanced techniques such as the NMR.
It should be noted that scaling of the entire curve using the total wax con-
tent still assumes that the heats of crystallization for waxes precipitated at
different temperatures are equal. This assumption might not be valid if the
carbon number distribution of the wax spans a wide range. The carbon num-
ber of precipitated wax can vary with temperature. Thus, the heat of crystal-
lization that should be used to calculate the amount of solid will vary with
temperature. In order to determine what value of heat crystallization should
be used to calculate the amount precipitated at different temperatures,
knowledge of the composition of wax precipitated at different temperatures
is required. This information can be predicted by a thermodynamic model.
A method of improving the accuracy of the DSC curve using a predictive
thermodynamic model will be discussed in Chapter 3.
Representative studies that characterized the WPC are summarized in
Table 2.10.
TABLE 2.10
Summary of Experimental Studies on WPC Characterization with DSC
Literature Characteristics of the Example(s)
Hansen et al. (1991) 1 North Sea crude oil (Oil 3 in the total 17 oils reported)
Juyal et al. (2011) Synthetic oil with a light volatile crude oil and a gas blend prepared
to match the flash gas composition from live crude
Martos et al. (2010) 3 Brazilian dead crude oils
Martos et al. (2008) 2 Brazilian dead crude oils
2.3.2Characterization of WPC Using NMR

The purpose of this section is not to elaborate on the principles of NMR from
a spectroscopists point of view, as the basics of NMR can be found available
in instrumental analysis and organic chemistry textbooks. This section will
focus only on the NMR principles relevant to the determination of WPC.
When an external magnetic field, B0, is applied to a chemical species, proton
nuclear spins align in the same or opposite direction with the external field.
The energy of the spins in the same direction with B0 (parallel spin) is slightly
lower than the energy of those in the opposite direction with B0 (antiparallel
spin). Therefore, the spin state in the same direction with B0 is slightly more
populated than the other spin state, resulting in a net magnetization in the
same direction with B0. When perturbed by a second external field B1 in per-
pendicular to B0, the net magnetization precedes with respect to B0 at a unique
frequency, . The precession of a nucleus generates a detectable alternating cur-
rent (AC). The intensity of the AC decays exponentially as the nuclear magnetic
spins relax from the perturbation by the external field B1. The determination
of WPC by NMR is based on the difference in the relaxation behavior of pro-
tons in the solid and liquid states. After a proton is excited by a radio frequency
pulse, it relaxes to its equilibrium state by emitting the excess energy with
respect to equilibrium state to its surroundings, resulting in decay in the NMR
intensity (free induction decay [FID]). The protons in the solid state have shorter
relaxation times. The intensity due to solid-state proton thus quickly decays to
a negligible level. Compared with solid-state protons, the liquid-state protons
have longer relaxation times, and therefore, their FID has a relatively long tail.
In a suspension of solid wax in oil, both proton relaxations in the solid and
liquid phases contribute to the FID, and thus, the FID of the entire sample is a
combination of both solid-phase FID and liquid-phase FID. As can be seen in a
typical FID of a mixture of solid wax suspended in oil, as shown in Figure 2.22,
the fast FID of the solid-phase proton is observed right after the pulse excita-
tion. After the solid-phase proton signal decays to a negligible level, a long tail
due to the relatively slower FID of the liquid-phase protons can be observed.
Quick decay of
solid phase A long tail due
NMR intensity
signal to slow decay of

liquid phase
signal
Time
FIGURE 2.22
Representative NMR FID of a mixture with solid wax suspended in liquid oil.
34 Wax Deposition
In a representative NMR experiment for the determination of WPC, the

NMR intensity of the same sample is measured at two times: (1) imme-
diately after the radio frequency pulse (t = t1) and (2) after the solid-state
FID approaches zero (t = t2). As the intensity due to the solid-phase proton
quickly decays to a negligible level, the second NMR intensity thus only con-
tains contribution from the liquid phase, while the first intensity contains
both solid and liquid contributions. The two intensities can be used to back-
calculate to the solid fraction in the sample based on the following math-
ematical derivation.
Let I(T, t1) and I(T, t2) be the two total intensities at t1 and t2, respectively.
I(T, t1) and I(T, t2) can be expressed as linear combinations of the solid-state
component and the liquid-state component, as shown in Equation 2.5:
t1: I ( s, t1 ) + I (l, t1 ) = I (T , t1 )
t2 t (2.5)
t2: I ( s, t1 )exp + I (l, t1 )exp 2 = I (T , t2 )
s l

As the intensities of the NMR signals, I(s, t1), I(l, t1), I(s, t2), and I(l, t2) are pro-
portional to the amount of solid and liquid, one can determine the relative
amount of solid and liquid by solving Equation 2.5 simultaneously.
Pedersen, Hansen et al. (1991) used the NMR technique to measure the
WPC of 17 crude oils. Detailed procedures to perform this NMR measure-
ment can be found in their published study.
In this section, the measurement of WPC by the NMR is discussed. Using
the NMR technique, measuring the solid content at a particular temperature
requires ~10 s. NMR measurements are expected to have a ~0.2% absolute
standard deviation in the measured solid wt% of replicates of samples.
2.3.3Characterization of WPC Using FT-IR

As discussed in Section 2.1.3, a long-chain alkane absorbs IR light at ~720cm1.
In a mixture with both solid and liquid alkanes, the intensity of IR absor-
bance is a linear combination of the contribution from the solid- and liquid-
phase alkanes, as shown in Equation 2.6:
Itotal = xliquid,amorphousIliquid,amorphous + (1 xliquid,amorphous)Icrystalline (2.6)
The intensity of absorbance by the solid alkane, Icrystalline, is ~50% greater

than that by the liquid or amorphous alkane, Iliquid,amorphous (Snyder et al.,
1986). Consequently, as crystalline wax forms upon cooling, one observes a
significant increase in the intensity due to the contribution from solid wax,
as previously shown in Figure 2.9 and as shown in Figure 2.23.
As shown in Figure 2.23, above the WAT of approximately 33C, the
intensity is solely due to the absorbance of the liquid phase. Thus, a linear
14.5
Directly proportional to the
Intensity (cm1) 14.0 amount of solid
13.5 y = 0.0215x + 13.951

R2 = 0.997
13.0
WPT = 33C
12.5
12.0
0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 2.23
Intensity of FT-IR absorbance of a Gulf of Mexico crude oil as a function of temperature. (From
Roehner, R. M., & Hanson, F. V., Energy & Fuels, 15, 756763, 2001.)
extrapolation of the intensity from above the WAT to below the WAT, as
denoted by a dashed line, provides an estimation of the liquid-phase con-
tribution at temperatures below the WAT. The difference between the mea-
sured intensity and the extrapolation is directly proportional to the amount
of solid present in the mixture. This difference can thus be used to back-
calculate the amount of solid precipitated. Alcazar-Vara and Buenrostro-
Gonzalez (2011) and Roehner and Hanson (2001) provide two representative
studies regarding the application of FT-IR on WPC measurements.
Three techniques for the determination of the WPC, NMR, FT-IR, and DSC
have been discussed so far. At this point, the readers might be interested
in seeing a comparison between the WPC determined from different tech-
niques. Unfortunately, studies reporting the application of these techniques
are conducted individually with different crude oils, and there does not exist
a comprehensive study using a single crude oil in order to make comparison
of the WPC measured by these three techniques.
2.3.4Separation-Based Methods for WPC Determination

In Sections 2.2.1 through 2.2.3, WPC determination was discussed based on
the spectroscopic difference between the solid and liquid phase (FT-IR and
NMR) and on the heat effect during phase transition (DSC). The theories
behind these experimental techniques are somewhat abstract and may be
difficult to comprehend without a lot of time and effort. One might wonder if
it is at all necessary to rely on sophisticated instruments such as FT-IR, NMR,
and DSC to characterize such a seemingly simple phase transition process
of dissolved wax precipitating from the liquid bulk. Moreover, one might be
tempted to cool the crude oil to various temperatures below the WAT and
determine the WPC based on the weight of the solid cake precipitated at
each temperature. However, the WPC determined in this way is not reliable
36 Wax Deposition
because of the following reason: Precipitation of wax molecules causes wax crys-
tals to grow into an interlocking network that can entrap liquid oil. Therefore, the
weight of the solid cake actually represents the total weight of the true
precipitated solid and the entrapped liquid.
Being aware of the issue that liquid oil can be trapped in the solid cake,
one can improve the aforementioned procedures by either performing fur-
ther removal of the entrapped oil or additional characterization of the pre-
cipitated solid phase to quantify its true solid content. In combination with
proper removal of the entrapped oil or characterization of the solid cake, the
proposed procedure based on separation of the solid and liquid phases can
be used to obtain WPCs with acceptable accuracy. Table 2.11 summarizes
representative studies where the oil precipitation curve is obtained based on
separation of the solid cake from the liquid bulk.
TABLE 2.11
Summary of Representative Studies on WPC Characterization Using Separation-
Based Techniques
Further Removal
Separation of Entrapped Characterization of the
Literature Techniques Liquid by Solid Phase
Burger, Perkins, and Centrifugation Washing by Not performed
Striegler (1981) toluene
Coto, Martos, Pea, Filtration Washing by Not performed
Espada, and acetone
Robustillo (2008)
Martos et al. (2008) Filtration Washing by Characterize the composition
acetone by HTGC, and calculate
C15+ content to be the solid
content
Roehner and Hanson Centrifugation Not performed Characterize the composition
(2001) of the solid by HTGC, and
define the precipitated wax
as the components with an
n-alkane-to-nonalkane ratio
in excess of the same
component in oil
Dauphin, Daridon, Filtration Not performed Characterize the composition
Coutinho, Baylre, and of the solid by HTGC, and
Potin-Gautier (1999) apply a mass balance to
Pauly, Dauphin, and calculate the true solid
Daridon (1998) content
Pauly, Daridon, and
Coutinho (2004)
Han, Huang, Senra, Centrifugation Not performed Characterize the composition
Hoffmann, and of the solid by HTGC, and
Fogler (2010) apply a mass balance to
calculate the true solid
content
Attempts have been made to remove the entrapped oil by washing the
solid phase with toluene or acetone (Burger et al., 1981; Coto et al., 2008).
However, one cannot guarantee that washing by toluene or acetone com-
pletely removes the entrapped oil. Therefore, the WPC obtained after wash-
ing might still be an overestimation compared to the true WPC. Figure
2.24 shows a comparison of the WPC measured using fractional precipita-
tion followed by acetone wash and the WPC of the sample crude measured
by DSC.
It can be seen that the amount of solid precipitation measured by the frac-
tional precipitation method is significantly higher than the values from the
DSC method, indicating that acetone wash cannot completely remove the
entrapped oil.
In order to provide a more accurate WPC, Martos et al. (2008) further char-
acterized the composition of the solid cake using HTGC after washing with
acetone. n-Paraffins with carbon numbers less than 15 have melting points
lower than the room temperature. As a result, C15 paraffins usually do not
precipitate nor contribute to wax deposition. Martos et al. calculated the C15+
content of the solid cake based on the HTGC and used the calculated C15+
content to represent the true solid content of the solid cake. Martos et al.s
approach assumes that an n-paraffin with a carbon number less than 15 only
exists in the entrapped liquid phase, while C15+ paraffins exist in the solid
phase. Assuming that C15 is the lightest paraffin in the solid phase is purely
empirical. Roehner and Hanson (2001) proposed a more rigorous method
of determining the lightest n-paraffin component in the solid phase. They
determined whether or not an n-paraffin component is in the solid phase
by comparing its mass fraction in the solid cake with its mass fraction in the
original oil. The precipitating paraffin components are enriched in the solid
cake and thus have a higher mass fraction in the solid cake than in the crude
12.0
10.0
Filtration followed
8.0 by acetone wash
Weight % wax
6.0
DSC
4.0
2.0
0.0
250 260 270 280 290 300
Temperature (K)
FIGURE 2.24
Comparison between the WPC determined by DSC and filtration followed by acetone wash.
(From Martos, C. et al., Energy & Fuels, 22, 708714, 2008.)
38 Wax Deposition
oil. Therefore, Roehner and Hanson count the amount of Ci+ as the true
solid content, where i is the lowest carbon number component whose mass
fraction in the cake exceeds its mass fraction in the original oil. Both Martos
et al. and Roehner and Hanson assume that a particular carbon number
component exists only in the solid or liquid phase. Light components in the
entrapped oil tend to exist in the liquid phase, whereas heavy components
tend to exist in the solid phase. However, even heavy n-paraffins in the solid
cake can exist in both liquid and solid phase: Heavy n-paraffins in the solid
cake can remain dissolved in the entrapped oil. The heavy paraffins dis-
solved in the entrapped oil should not be counted as contributing to the solid
phase. Therefore, the methods of Martos et al. and Roehner and Hanson
might still overestimate the WPC. In order to account for the amount of dis-
solved heavy paraffin in the entrapped liquid phase, Dauphin et al. (1999),
Pauly et al. (1998, 2004), and Han et al. (2010) proposed a more mathemati-
cally involved method where they solved a set of mass balance equations for
the solid content of the solid cake.
In this section, separation-based techniques for the determination of the
WPC are discussed. Without proper characterization of the solid content of
the cake, these techniques tend to give overestimations of the WPC due to
entrapment of oil in the solid cake. With proper characterization of the cake
solid content, separation-based methods provide WPCs that are comparable
with the precipitation curves measured by DSC, FT-IR, and NMR.
2.4Experimental Techniques for the

Characterization of Precipitated Wax
In addition to the WAT and the WPC, the mechanical properties of the wax
deposit, such as the yield stress, provides key information regarding the eas-
iness of the remediation of wax deposit. The yield stress of a particular wax
deposit is dependent on the molecular structure and composition and of the
wax responsible for the formation of this deposit. For example, according to
the study by Petitjean et al. (2008), the yield stress of wax deposit depends
on the molecular structure of wax. Wax deposits formed from branched and
cyclic alkanes (also known as microcrystalline wax) are usually softer than
deposits formed from the straight-chain alkanes, which are also known as
macrocrystalline wax. Consequently, wax deposits formed by microcrys-
talline wax are easier to remediate when compared to deposits formed by
macrocrystalline wax with the same carbon number. With information from
structural characterization of the precipitated wax, one can provide recom-
mendations regarding the mechanical properties and the easiness of deposit
remediation. Table 2.12 summarizes the analytical methods that character-
ize the molecular structure of precipitated wax. In Table 2.12, the expected
TABLE 2.12
Summary of Experimental Techniques for the Characterization of the Composition
and Structure of Wax Deposit
Expected
Experimental
Outcome in the Case
of Deposit Being Rich
Analytical in Macrocrystalline Representative
Methods Measurable Wax Studies
DSC Heat of crystallization High heat of fusion Alghanduri et al.
and melting point and narrow melting (2010)
temperature range
XRD Diffraction peaks Can observe sharp Alghanduri et al.
diffraction peaks (2010)
1 HNMR Numbers of methyl A low methyl-to- Musser, Kilpatrick,
groups (CH3) and methylene ratio due and Carolina (1998)
methylene groups to fewer branches
(CH2)
13 CNMR Numbers of primary ~70% of the carbon Musser et al. (1998);
carbon (CH3), atoms exist in the Alghanduri et al.
secondary carbon form of primary (2010)
(CH2), and tertiary (CH3) and secondary
carbon (CH) carbon (CH2). Low
Number of carbon content of tertiary
atoms on aromatic carbon and carbon on
rings and cyclic rings rings
FT-IR Intensity of absorption >60% straight Musser et al. (1998)
at ~720cm1 methylene
associated with long
straight-chain
methylene and the
content of straight
methylene
Elemental analysis The ratio of the High H/C at ~2 Musser et al. (1998);
number of hydrogen Alghanduri et al.
atoms to the number (2010)
of carbon atoms
(H/C)
Mass spectroscopy Mass distribution of MS peaks cover a Musser et al. (1998)
wax range of 350600 a.u.,
and two neighboring
peaks are 14 a.u. (the
molar mass of one
methylene unit) apart
experimental outcome for the deposit being rich in macrocrystalline wax is

also summarized.
It should be noted that before applying the techniques listed in Table 2.12
to characterize precipitated wax, the precipitated wax should be purified
by advanced separation techniques, such as column separation, in order to
40 Wax Deposition
remove entrapped oil. Otherwise, averaged properties of both the precipi-

tated wax and the entrapped oil will be obtained instead of the properties of
the precipitated wax that will be obtained from characterization.
In addition, the yield stress of the deposit is also dependent on the com-
position of the wax in the deposit. Bai and Zhang (2013a) reported that the
yield stress of wax deposit varies as a function of the wax carbon number
distribution. Characterization of the composition of wax deposit can usually
be achieved by HTGC.
2.5Summary
In this chapter, experimental techniques to characterize the following key
wax precipitation information were discussed:
The WAT
The WPC
The WAT provides information regarding the onset location of wax depo-
sition in a transport pipeline. The WPC characterizes the solubility limit of
wax in crude oil and thus affects the concentration driving force for wax
deposition. The WAT and the WPC are both extremely important input
parameters required for wax deposition modeling. These experimental char-
acterizations are also commonly used as references for benchmarking wax
thermodynamic models. The characterization of the composition and of the
molecular structure of the precipitated wax was also briefly introduced, as
this characterization provides a piece of information regarding the mechani-
cal properties of the deposit.
It should be noted that the characterization of wax precipitation informa-
tion is not always possible and becomes increasingly difficult and sometimes
virtually impossible in actual field operations. When experimental charac-
terization of wax precipitation is difficult, modeling strategies are usually
applied to predict the wax precipitation characteristics. In Chapter 3, thermo-
dynamic modeling of the wax precipitation characteristics will be discussed.
3
Thermodynamic Modeling
of Wax Precipitation
3.1Introduction
In Chapter 2, we discussed different experimental approaches to character-
ize wax precipitation. The information of wax precipitation is not only indis-
pensable to identify if wax deposition would be a problem for a field but also
important to quantify how severe the problem could be.
However, experiments are known to have their own disadvantages. First,
cost or time can be an issue. For example, the characterization of wax pre-
cipitation of a live crude oil that is rich in light ends would need to be per-
formed in pressurized cells, which are often not readily accessible and the
experiments are expensive to perform. More importantly, reliability of the
results can be called into question. For example, for crude oils with low wax
content, the uncertainties in the measured WAT and WPC become large and
the results can be misleading. Although not quite frequently, sample mis-
handling or inappropriate design of experimental conditions can, in fact,
occur. Therefore, if we only rely on laboratory measurements, we might find
ourselves facing two results from similar testing methods showing quite dif-
ferent values. In this case, how would we gauge the validity of each result
without spending significant time and cost on a third test, which could also
be prone to uncertainties and errors? Sometimes experimental methods are
just not possible with todays technology: how can we conveniently take a
sample of wax deposit from an offshore subsea pipeline in the field to deter-
mine its composition, which could be an important piece of information for
one to determine the yield stress of the deposit and thus to optimize the pig-
ging frequency?
Consequently, we need theoretical modeling as an alternative to provide
us answers that are not prone to the errors and uncertainties associated with
experimental measurements. The results of experimental data, when bench-
marked with theoretical modeling, often provide the most reliable answers
for one to evaluate wax deposition concern for a field. In this chapter, we will
41
42 Wax Deposition
discuss the thermodynamic modeling of wax precipitation and demonstrate

how it can help us better interpret the experimental characterizations.
Theoretical studies of wax precipitation started in the late 1980s (Won
1986). After a few decades, the thermodynamic theories of wax precipita-
tion have gradually matured, and several commercial software packages
have been made available for thermodynamic modeling of wax during com-
mon flow assurance practices. However, these software packages are still
viewed as black boxes in many flow assurance specialists perspective. In
this chapter, we will first dissect the thermodynamic theories for wax pre-
cipitation (Sections 3.23.4). Understanding these theories can help us better
understand the comparison of different commercial wax thermodynamic
models, which will be discussed in detail in Section 3.5. We will finish the
chapter with Section 3.6 that highlights several novel applications of wax
thermodynamic modeling.
3.2Fundamental Thermodynamics of Wax Precipitation

Modeling wax precipitation is not an easy task because there is not a pure
substance with the name wax and another with the name oil. Instead,
wax refers to a group of normal alkanes with a carbon number generally
greater than 15, while oil in this case simply refers to everything else in the
system. Both of these two groups of substances contain hundreds, if not
thousands, of components. The light components with low carbon numbers
such as methane, ethane, propane, etc., are volatile and tend to evaporate
when pressure is decreased. On the other hand, the waxy components are
much heavier, and they precipitate at temperatures below the WAT. Figure3.1
shows a representative phase diagram of a typical crude oil.
The thermodynamic modeling of waxes to characterize the wax precipita-
tion from live crude oils composed of N hydrocarbon species involves three-
phase (vapor, liquid, and wax) simulation to calculate the following 3N + 3
quantities:
The total amount of the vapor phase (nV)

The total amount of the liquid phase (nL)
The total amount of the solid phases (nS)
The molar composition of the vapor phase (y1, y2, , yi, yn)
The molar composition of the liquid phase (x1, x2, , xi, xn)
The molar composition of the solid phases (s1, s2, , si, sn)
Thermodynamic Modeling of Wax Precipitation 43
Liquid
Wax + liquid
Pressure
Bubble point line
Liquid + vapor
Wax + liquid + vapor
Temperature
FIGURE 3.1
Typical phase diagram of a waxy crude oil. (From Leontaritis, K. J. Fuel Sci. Technol. Intl., 14,
1339, 1996.)
Among the 3N + 3 variables, the amount of the solid phase, nS, and the solid
phase composition, (s1, s2, , si, sn), are of the greatest interest in regard to
wax precipitation characterization. Compared to the live crude oils, the stock
tank oils (STOs) are usually deficient in light ends due to the gas removal
at a separator upstream of the stock tank. Therefore, wax thermodynamic
modeling of STO sometimes requires the simulation of the liquidsolid equi-
librium, as the gas phase is not present. Figure 3.2 shows the key steps in
performing wax thermodynamic modeling.
Construction of the
thermodynamic
equations
Simplification of the
thermodynamic
equations
Iteration to solve the

thermodynamic
equations
FIGURE 3.2
Flowchart of the steps involved in wax thermodynamic modeling.
44 Wax Deposition
The first two steps as shown in Figure 3.2 will be introduced in detail in
the remainder of this chapter.
3.3Step 1 in Thermodynamic Modeling: Construction

of the Thermodynamic Equations
3N + 3 equations are needed to determine the aforementioned 3N + 3 vari-
ables describing the phase equilibrium. Consequently, the first step in wax
thermodynamic modeling is to identify the 3N + 3 equations to be solved
during thermodynamic modeling. All commercial thermodynamic model-
ing software packages automatically construct these equations. However,
these equations are the content of a black box to most users. On the other
hand, understanding the theory implemented in software packages is essen-
tial for one to critically interpret the modeling results. In this section, we
present how the equations are constructed based on the first principle of
thermodynamics.
The 3N + 3 equations to be solved during thermodynamic modeling can
be divided into three sets: phase equilibrium equations, mass balances, and
constitutive equations. The first sets of equations, phase equilibrium equa-
tions, are constructed based on the equal fugacity condition, as illustrated
in Figure 3.3.
At thermodynamic equilibrium, the fugacity of species i in the vapor, liquid,
and solid phases must equal
fiV = fiL = fiS (3.1)
Vapor
f Vi
f Si f Li
Wax Liquid
FIGURE 3.3
Three-phase equilibrium among the vapor, liquid, and precipitated wax. The fugacity of each
component i in different phases should equal when phase equilibrium is achieved.
The fugacity of species i, fiV, fiL, and fiS, depends on temperature, T, pres-
sure, P, and the molar composition of the phases. Equation 3.2 emphasizes
the dependency of fiV, fiL, and fiS on T, P, and the molar compositions:
fiV = fiV (T , P, y1 , y 2 , ..., y i , ... y n )
fiL = fiL (T , P, x1 , x2 , ..., xi , ... xn ) (3.2)
fiS = fiS (T , P, s1 , s2 , ..., si , ... sn )
Equating the fugacities of species in different phases, fiV = fiL = fiS, one
generates the phase equilibrium equations with respect to the molar compo-
sitions in different phases xi s, y i s, and si s:
fiV (T , P, y1 , y 2 , ..., y i , ..., y n ) = fiL (T , P, x1 , x2 , ..., xi , ..., xn )

(3.3)
fiL (T , P, x1 , x2 , ..., xi , ..., xn ) = fiS (T , P, s1 , s2 , ..., si , ..., sn )
For a mixture of N components, a total of 2N equations in the form of

Equation 3.3 can be constructed.
The second set of equations, mass balances, are based on the material bal-
ance of each component i. The total amount of i in the vapor, liquid, and solid
phases must equal the amount of i in the feed:
nV y i + nL xi + nS si = niF (3.4)
Writing the material balance of each of the N components gives a total of N

equations in the form of Equation 3.4.
The molar compositions (y1, y2, , yi, yn), (x1, x2, , xi, xn), and (s1, s2, ,
si, sn) should also satisfy the following three constitutive equations:
iN y i = 1
iN xi = 1 (3.5)
iN si = 1
Combining the 2N phase equilibrium equations in the form Equation 3.3,

the N material balance equations in the form of Equation 3.4, and the three
constitutive equations in the form of Equation 3.5 gives a system of 3N + 3
equations. These equations can be solved simultaneously to determine the
aforementioned 3N + 3 quantities of interest: nV, nL, nS y i s, xi s, and si s.
Although the 3N + 3 equations to be solved have already been identified,
the mathematical forms of the phase equilibrium equations in Equation 3.3
have not been discussed yet.
46 Wax Deposition
The construction of these phase equilibrium equations will now be

discussed.
All existing wax thermodynamic models develop the vaporliquid phase
equilibrium equation based on an equation of state (EOS) of the vaporliquid
mixture. The model development for vaporliquid fugacity based on the EOS
can be readily found in all modern thermodynamic texts (Elliott & Lira, 2012;
Sandler, 2006) and thus are not detailed here. However, it is worth pointing
out that the EOS mixture parameters used in wax thermodynamic modeling
require EOS parameters of each component of the vaporliquid phases. For
example, in the wax thermodynamic model by Lira-Galeana, Firoozabadi,
and Prausnitz (1996), the PengRobinson EOS is used for fugacity calculation:
RT amixture
P= (3.6)
V bmixture V (V + bmixture ) + bmixture (V bmixture )
The mixing rules developed by Chueh and Prausnitz (1967) are used to cal-
culate amixture and bmixture for the mixture based on the as and bs of the pure
components, and the mixing rules typically involve empirical constants to
adjust the model to fit experimental measurements.
Since no EOS is available for the solid phase, the solidliquid phase equilib-
rium equation needs to be constructed in a different manner. We will go through
a step-by-step procedure for the development of solidliquid phase equilibrium
equations. Firstly, the fugacity of a pure solid is calculated based on the fugacity
of a pure liquid and the Gibbs free energy change from pure liquid to pure solid:
P
fiL, pure H i T Cpi Tf Cpi Ti f Vi
ln
fiS, pure
=
RT
1
Ti f
+
R
1 i
T
+
R
ln
T
+
RT d p (3.7)
P0
In a nonideal solid/liquid mixture, the mole fraction of component i needs

to be corrected by the activity coefficient to account for the effect of molecu-
lar interaction on the chemical potential:
fiL = xi Li fiL, pure

(3.8)
fiS = si Si fiS, pure
Substituting Equation 3.7 into Equation 3.8 yields
P
fL x L H i T Cpi Tf Cpi Ti f Vi
ln i S = ln i Si +
fi si i RT
1
Ti f
+
R
1 i
T
+
R
ln
T
+
RT d p
P0
(3.9)
Li and Si are functions of the composition of the mixture. Therefore, Equation

3.9 is an equation with the liquidsolid phase compositions xi and si as the
independent variables:
si Si ( s1 , s2 , ..., si , ...) H i T Cpi Tf

ln L
= 1 + 1 i
xi i ( x1 , x2 , ..., xi , ...) RT Ti f R T
P
Cpi Ti f Vi
+
R
ln
T
+
RT d p (3.10)
P0
Different thermodynamic models use different theories to analyze the
liquidsolid phase nonidealities and estimate the activity coefficients based
on composition. Depending on the complexity of the theory, the mathemati-
cal form of Equation 3.10 can be complex, and iterative solution procedures
are usually necessary. Some models avoid the mathematical complexities by
assuming either the liquid or the solid phase to be an ideal mixture.
Besides the phase nonidealities, the following two issues of n-alkane solid
liquid phase transition also require attention during the modeling of solid
liquid thermodynamic equilibrium:
n-Alkanes can undergo a secondary phase transition below the

melting point.
Mixtures of n-alkanes can exist in the form of multiple solid phases
in equilibrium with each other.
These two phase transition characteristics of n-alkane and their conse-

quence on the modeling wax solidliquid equilibrium will now be discussed.
The secondary phase transition of n-alkanes is illustrated by an example of
the phase transition of pure n-C23H48 as observed in an experimental study
using DSC by Dirand et al. (2002). Figure 3.4 shows the enthalpy change dur-
ing the cooling of n-C23H48.
As indicated by the change of enthalpy, n-C23H48 undergoes a phase transi-
tion from liquid to solid at its melting point, ~320 K. The enthalpy of crystalli-
zation is released during this phase transition. A secondary phase transition
occurs at ~313 K. The enthalpy of secondary phase transition is released dur-
ing the transition. The cloud point of waxy crude is usually below the sec-
ondary phase transition temperature (Coutinho & Stenby, 1996). Therefore,
the summation of enthalpy of fusion and the enthalpy of secondary phase
transition should be included when calculating the Gibbs free energy change,
as shown in Equation 3.11:
Hi = Hi,m + Hi,tr (3.11)
In addition to the phenomena of secondary phase transition, multiple
immiscible solid phases with different crystal structures and compositions
48 Wax Deposition
Cooling
140
Enthalpy variation (kJ/mol)

120
100
Hm,C23
80
60
40 Htr,C23
20
Ttr,C23 Tm,C23
0
260 280 300 320 340
Temperature (K)
FIGURE 3.4
Change of enthalpy of n-C23 H48 subject to cooling. (From Dirand, M. et al., J. Chem. Thermodyn.,
34, 12551277, 2002.)
can coexist below the WAT, further complicating the thermodynamic mod-
eling of the liquidsolid phase equilibrium. Kravchenkos rule of thumb on
solid phase miscibility of n-alkanes suggests that total solid phase miscibil-
ity between two n-alkanes with different carbon numbers can only occur
when the difference in the carbon number is less than 6% the carbon number
of the alkanes (Kravchenko, 1946). An experimental study by Snyder, Conti,
Strauss, and Dorset (1993), Snyder, Goh, Srivatsavoy, Strauss, and Dorset
(1992), and Snyder et al. (1994) confirmed the existence of multiple immiscible
solid phases below the WAT. Figure 3.5 shows a phase diagram of a binary
mixture of C30 and C36.
As can be seen from the phase diagram, a hexagonal solid phase first
forms as the temperature decreases. The hexagonal phase starts to transit to
orthorhombic phase as the temperature is further decreased. The hexagonal
and orthorhombic phases can coexist during this transition depending on
the molar composition of the system. At temperatures below approximately
55C, two orthorhombic phases can coexist with each orthorhombic phase
rich in one of the two alkanes.
The existence of multiple solid phases poses further mathematical com-
plexity on wax thermodynamic modeling, as the fugacity of a particular
component i in each solid phase is equal, resulting in more phase equilib-
rium equations to be solved.
As discussed in this section, the following characteristics are important
for wax thermodynamic modeling:
The liquid-phase nonidealities

The solid-phase nonidealities
The existence of multiple solid phases
80
L
L+H
70
60 H H+O2
O1 O2
50
Temperature (C)
40
30 Spontaneous
demixing at
room temperature
20
10
O1+O2
0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
C30 X(C36) C38
FIGURE 3.5
Phase diagram of a binary mixture of C30 and C36 with varying concentration of C30: L: liquid;
H: hexagonal crystal; O1: orthorhombic crystal rich in C30; O2: orthorhombic crystal rich in C36.
(From Snyder, R. G. et al., J. Phys. Chem., 96, 1000810019, 1992.)
The majority of published wax precipitation models make simplifying

assumptions, typically with regard to the ideality of the liquid and solid phases
or are limited to a single solid phase. Coutinho (1999) offers a model to predict
solid-phase nonidealities using UNIversal QUAsiChemical (UNIQUAC) method
and is perhaps the most thermodynamically complete published method.
3.4Step 2 in Thermodynamic Modeling:

Simplification of Thermodynamic Equations
Table 3.1 summarizes the simplifications implemented in various models.
This section describes the simplified models including Conoco model, Wons
model, Pedersens model, and Lira-Galeanas model (Erickson, Niesen, &
Brown, 1993; Lira-Galeana et al., 1996; Pedersen, Skovborg, & Rnningsen,
1991; Won, 1986). Section 3.4 will be dedicated to describing Coutinhos
50
TABLE 3.1
Summary of Different Thermodynamic Models Treatments Regarding Phase Nonidealities and Existence of Multiple Solid Phases
Consider Liquid- Consider Solid- Consider Multiple Consider Secondary Incorporated in Commercial
Model Phase Nonideality? Phase Nonideality? Solid Phases? Phase Transition? Software Packages?
Conoco model No No Yes, empirically No Grand Unified
Thermodynamic Simulator
(GUTS)
Wons model Yes, by regular Yes, by regular No No No
solution theory solution theory
Pedersens model Yes, by regular Yes, by regular No No PVTsim
solution theory solution theory
Lira-Galeana et al.s Yes, by EOS No Yes, by phase No No
model stability analysis
Coutinhos model Yes, by Flory free Yes, by Wilson Yes, by UNIQUAC Yes Multiflash
volume theory and model or by model
by UNIQUAC UNIQUAC model
Functional-Group
Activity Coefficients
(UNIFAC) method
Wax Deposition
model (Coutinho, 1998, 1999; Coutinho & Daridon, 2001; Coutinho, Edmonds,
Moorwood, Szczepanski, & Zhang, 2006; Coutinho & Stenby, 1996; Daridon,
Coutinho, & Montel, 2001; Pauly, Daridon, & Coutinho, 2004).
3.4.1Wax Thermodynamic Models Assuming Single Solid Phase

The earliest attempt of the thermodynamic modeling of wax precipitation
dated back to Wons study in the 1980s. Won modeled the liquidsolid equi-
librium based on a simplified solidliquid phase equilibrium equation:
si Si H i T
ln = 1 f (3.12)
xi Li RT Ti
where the activity coefficients Li , Si are calculated using the Scatchard

Hildebrand model, as shown in Equation 3.13:
Vi ( i )2
ln i = (3.13)
RT
Two assumptions, as will be discussed in the following text, were made

to simplify the solidliquid phase in Equation 3.10 to arrive at Equation 3.12.
Although the computational intensity is significantly reduced by assump-
tions, the accuracy of the modeling results is also affected. The validity of
these assumptions will now be assessed under different conditions.
Wons model first assumes that the molar volume difference between the
liquid and solid phase is small (only 10%), and therefore, the Poynting correc-
p
Vi
tion,
p0 RT
d p, is insignificant in the low-to-moderate pressure range com-
pared to the difference in solid- and liquid-phase standard enthalpy.
The relative magnitude of the contributions to the Gibbs free energy from
the enthalpy of phase transition and the Poynting correction will be quanti-
fied by considering the following example of the phase transition of n-C20H42.
Example
The contribution to Gibbs free energy from the Poynting correction,
P
T
V d p, and the contribution from enthalpy change, H
P0
i i 1 ,
Ti f
will now be calculated. The material physical properties given in Table
3.2 were collected to carry out these calculations.
52 Wax Deposition
TABLE 3.2
Parameters Used for the Calculation of Phase Transition of n-C20H44
Material Property Value
Melting point (Tf) 310 K
Heat of fusion (H) 70 kJ/mol
Change of volume at phase transition (V) ~3.6 102 L/mol
Gas constant (R) 8.314 J/mol/K
At an STO temperature (T = 298 K) and pressure (p = 2 atm), the contri-

bution from Poynting correction can be calculated as follows:
P
L J

V d p V (p p ) = 3.6 10
P0
0
2
mol
101 kPa = 3.6
mol
(3.14)
The contribution from the enthalpy of crystallization, termed

T
H if 1 f , can be calculated as follows:
Ti
T kJ 298 K J
H 1 = 70 1 = 2710 (3.15)
T f
mol 310 K mol
The contribution from the Poynting correction, 3.6 J/mol, is only 0.13%
of the contribution from the enthalpy of crystallization, 2710 J/mol.
However, the contribution from the Poynting correction increases with
pressure and can eventually become greater than the contribution from
the enthalpy of crystallization. Figure 3.6 shows the comparison of the
4.0
Contribution from heat

Contribution to G (kJ/mol)
of fusion: H 1 T
3.0 Tf
Contribution from
2.0 Poynting correction:
p
~ ( p p0)V
p0Vdp
1.0
0.0
1 10 100 1000
Pressure (atm)
FIGURE 3.6
Comparison between the contribution to Gibbs free energy change in phase transition from
heat of fusion and the contribution from the Poynting correction.
contribution from the Poynting correction and the standard enthalpy

difference for a phase transition from liquid to solid as a function of
pressure.
As can be seen from Figure 3.6, at low-to-moderate pressure (<100 atm),
the contribution from Poynting correction can indeed be neglected com-
pared to the heat effect without causing a relative deviation of greater
than roughly 15%. The contribution from Poynting correction should
not be neglected at pressure greater than approximately 200 atm, which
is a typical value for reservoir pressure. Actually, wax thermodynamic
modeling at close-to-reservoir pressure is not a trivial task. At elevated
pressures, light ends can remain dissolved in the liquid phase and help
solvate heavy n-paraffins. Consequently, the WAT of a crude oil contain-
ing light end is expected to be lower than the WAT of the same crude
without light ends. Wax thermodynamic modeling without considering
the effect of light ends often leads to overconservative predictions of the
WAT and the WPC.
Besides the assumption of negligible Poynting correction, Wons model
also assumes that the difference between the liquid- and solid-phase
heat capacity, Cpi, is also insignificant compared to the difference in
the standard enthalpy and can be neglected. However, according to the
study by Lira-Galeana et al. (1996), models considering the heat capacity
difference provide predictions consistent with experimental data, while
a 50% relative difference between model predictions and experimental
data was observed without considering the change in heat capacity.
Example
Wons model will be used to calculate the amount of precipitated solid
at room temperature, i.e., T = 298 K, based on a (n-C10H44 + n-C24H50 +
n-C26H54) ternary mixture with the composition as shown in Table 3.3.
The goal of the thermodynamic simulation is to determine the number
of moles of the solid and liquid phase, nS and nL, respectively, as well as
the molar composition of each component in the two phases: s10, s24, s26,
x10, x24, and x26, where si and xi represent the mole fraction of component i
in the solid phase and the liquid phase, respectively. In order to calculate
these variables of interest, the physical properties of n-C10H44, n-C24H50,
and n-C26H54, including their heats of crystallization and melting point,
are needed as input parameters for thermodynamic modeling. These
parameters are collected from the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) database and are summarized in Table 3.4.
TABLE 3.3
Composition of the Ternary Mixture Investigated
in the Sample Thermodynamic Modeling
Component Content
n-C10H44 0.8 mol
n-C24H50 0.1 mol
n-C26H54 0.1 mol
54 Wax Deposition
TABLE 3.4
Material Properties of n-C10H44, n-C24H50, and n-C26H54
as Input Parameters to the Thermodynamic Model
Material Property Value

f
Melting point of n-C10H44 (T )10 234 K
f
f
Heat of crystallization of n-C10H44 (H10) 28.7 kJ/mol
According to the study by Won, the activity coefficients of species in

the liquid and solid phases are both equal to 1. Based on this simplifica-
tion, the phase equilibrium equations can be written as follows:
s10 H 10 T
ln = 1 f (3.16)
x10 RT T10
s24 H 24 T
ln = 1 f (3.17)
x24 RT T24
s26 H 26 T
ln = 1 f (3.18)
x26 RT T26
The material balances on each species can be written as follows:
nL x10 + nS s10 = n10 (3.19)
nL x24 + nS s24 = n24 (3.20)
nL x26 + nS s26 = n26 (3.21)
The mole fractions of each species in the liquid and solid phases should
also satisfy the following constitutive equations:
x10 + x24 + x26 = 1 (3.22)
s10 + s24 + s26 = 1 (3.23)
Solving Equations 3.16 through 3.23 numerically yields the following

results:
nL = 0.822 mol
nS = 0.178 mol
s10 = 0.071
s24 = 0.427
(3.24)
s26 = 0.503
x10 = 0.958
x24 = 0.029
x26 = 0.013
As can be seen from these numerical results, the mole fraction of the
solid phase at room temperature is 0.178. The liquid phase at room tem-
perature is mainly composed of n-C10H44, whereas the solid phase is
mainly composed of the two heavy n-paraffins: n-C24H50 and n-C26H54.
Pedersen et al. improved Wons model by
Including the terms containing Cpi in the phase equilibrium

Improving the empirical correlations to estimate physical prop-
erties by fitting model predictions with experimental data of 17
North Sea crude oils (Pedersen, Skovborg, & Rnningsen, 1991)
Pedersens model incorporated the assumption of an ideal solid phase.

However, it should be noted that assuming the solid phase to be an ideal
mixture can lead to overestimation of the WPC and thus overpessimism
about the wax deposition problems in the pipeline. Figure 3.7 shows
examples of overestimation of the WPC potentially due to assuming an
ideal solid phase.
Therefore, proper modeling of the solid phase nonideality is essential to
the accurate prediction of wax precipitation characteristics. Theoretically
comprehensive approaches for the modeling of solid-phase nonidealities
are introduced in Section 3.4, where Coutinhos model is discussed.
3.4.2Wax Thermodynamic Models Considering Multiple Solid Phases

by Empirical Approaches: The Conoco and Lira-Galeana Models
Different from all the models discussed in Section 3.3.1, the Conoco model con-
siders the existence of multiple solid phases, although in an empirical manner.
As temperature drops right below the WAT, the first solid phase of wax forms.
As temperature further decreases, new solid phases of wax can form, and the
newly formed phase can have a different composition from the early formed
phases. The Conoco model assumes that the liquid phase is only at thermody-
namic equilibrium with the most recently formed solid phase, while an earlier
formed solid phase does not affect the solidliquid phase equilibrium at the
current temperature. Based on this assumption, the Conoco model empirically
56 Wax Deposition
100 100
Oil 1 Experiment (NMR) Oil 2
80 Model 80
Weight % wax
Weight % wax
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
200 250 300 350 200 250 300 350
Temperature (K) Temperature (K)
100 100
Oil 3 Oil 4
80 80
Weight % wax
Weight % wax
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
200 250 300 350 200 250 300 350
Temperature (K) Temperature (K)
FIGURE 3.7
Overprediction of the WPCs potentially due to the assumption of ideal solid phases. (From
Pedersen, K. S. et al., Energy & Fuels, 5, 924932, 1991.)
simulates the existence of multiple solid phases using a staged phase calculation
procedure: It calculates the partition of wax between the solid and liquid phase
at 1.8F temperature increments while assuming that the solid phase formed at
temperatures greater than T + 1.8F does not affect the phase equilibrium at T.
Different from the Conoco model, the thermodynamic model by Lira-
Galeana et al. treats the formation of multiple pure solid phases using phase
stability criteria. Thus, the Lira-Galena et al. and Conoco approaches model
precipitation as an expanding core of solids, somewhat analogous to an onion.
3.5Coutinhos Thermodynamic ModelA Theoretically

Comprehensive Thermodynamic Model
Coutinhos model is the only model that considers all of the following per-
spectives of wax precipitation:
The liquid-phase nonidealities

The solid-phase nonidealities
The existence of multiple solid phases
Coutinhos model calculates the liquid-phase activity coefficients based

on the Flory free-volume theory, which accounts for the entropy effects
due to the molecule size difference as well as the free-volume effects. The
Coutinho model has two variations with different approaches to simulate
the solid phase nonidealities: the Wilson model and the UNIQUAC model.
The Wilson model calculates the activity coefficients by considering the dif-
ference of the interaction between neighboring alkane chains in a pure solid
and that in a solid mixture. In a crystal of pure n-Ci-H2i+2, each alkane chain
Ci is interacting with alkane chains Ci at adjacent lattice sites through van
der Waals forces. In a solid mixture, the adjacent alkane chains to a par-
ticular alkane chain might have a different length j(j i). The magnitude of
the interaction between a Ci Cj pair is different from that between a Ci Ci
pair, resulting in a deviation in the Gibbs free energy of i compared to its
pure solid phase Gibbs free energy. The calculation of activity coefficients
using the UNIQUAC model requires more mathematical computation.
However, according to the study by Coutinho et al., the Wilson model and
the UNIQUAC model provide a similar prediction of wax precipitation char-
acteristics, as can be seen from Figure 3.8.
A detailed description of the implementation of the UNIQUAC model
in modeling the solid-phase nonidealities can be found in the study by
Coutinho et al. (2006).
To this point, the theoretical basis of all mainstream wax thermodynamic
models has been discussed. These models have all been validated by the
thermodynamic modeling of the wax precipitation characteristics of model
mixtures and crude oils. Although different models are developed to dif-
ferent extents of theoretical rigor, predictions by each model seem to match
experimental measurements in the published work. Therefore, a comparison
of the manuscripts does not indicate the level of rigor necessary for accurate
predictions. Pauly, Dauphin, and Daridon (1998) conducted a comparative
5
NMR
DSC
Wax precipitated (wt%)
4 WAT microscopy
WAT DSC
3 Wax 6 Wilson EOS
Wax 5 UNIQUAC EOS
2 Wax 4
Wax 3
1 Wax 2
Wax 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 3.8
Comparison between the WPCs by the Wilson model and the UNIQUAC model. (From
Coutinho, J. A. P. et al., Energy & Fuels, 20, 10811088, 2006.)
58 Wax Deposition
100
Experiment
80 Coutinho
Weight % wax
Won
60
Pedersen
40
20
0
250 270 290 310 330
Temperature (K)
FIGURE 3.9
Comparison of predicted WPC by different wax thermodynamic models with experimental
measurements. (From Pauly, J. et al., Fluid Phase Equilib., 149, 191207, 1998.)
study covering all mainstream models except the Conoco model and Lira-
Galeana et al.s model based on their predictions of the WPC of the same
model mixture. The comparison between different model predictions is
As can be seen from Figure 3.9, Coutinhos thermodynamic model pro-
vides the most accurate prediction for the WPC for this model mixture. All
other models slightly overpredict the WPC potentially due to the assump-
tion of ideal solid or liquid phases.
3.6Industrial Practice of Wax Thermodynamic Modeling

Thermodynamic models have been developed into commercial software
packages, such as GUTS (Conoco model), Multiflash (Coutinhos model), and
PVTsim (Pedersens model). Wax thermodynamic modeling for industrial
flow assurance purposes is usually performed using these software pack-
ages. In this section, the industrial practice of using the wax thermodynamic
model to guide flow assurance consulting is discussed. Figure 3.10 shows a
flowchart of performing wax thermodynamic modeling to predict the WAT
and the WPCs in software packages.
3.6.1Fluid Characterization: Preprocessing of Thermodynamic Modeling

In order to use wax thermodynamic models for WAT and WPC prediction,
composition of the oil must be input to the thermodynamic model. The oil
composition is usually characterized by a testing lab. The following two
weight distributions are usually reported:
The single carbon number (SCN) distribution: A SCN fraction with car-
bon number i includes branched paraffin, cyclic paraffin, aromatics,
and n-paraffin with carbon number i. Therefore, the molecular for-
mula of the components in SCN with carbon number i can be writ-
ten as CiHj, where j = 2i + 2 represents saturated components and j
2i + 2 represents cyclic paraffins, aromatics, and other unsaturated
components.
The n-paraffin distribution: the mole/mass fraction of only n-paraffin,
n-CiH2i+2, as a function of carbon number i.
The SCN distribution provides information regarding the total amount

of hydrocarbon components CiHj (including both n-paraffin and non-n-
paraffin with the carbon number i) contained by the oil.
Only the n-paraffin (n-CiH2i+2) portion of component CiHj is assumed to
precipitate. For a typical crude oil, the non-normal paraffins usually do not
precipitate as their melting points are usually significantly lower than the
n-paraffin with the same carbon number.
Based on a high-temperature gas chromatography (HTGC) analysis of the
crude oil, its SCN distribution and n-paraffin distribution can be obtained
by integrating the area under peaks in the gas chromatograph. A different
method of integration, e.g., from baseline and from valley to valley as
shown in Figure 3.11, can be used to obtain these two distributions from the
gas chromatograph.
It should be noted that the two distributions obtained using different meth-
ods of integration and the subsequent thermodynamic calculations using the
obtained distributions can be significantly different, as shown in Figure 3.12.
1. Extrapolation of oil composition
2. Tuning against STO molecular

weight, density, etc. (optional)
Preprocessing: fluid
characterization 3. Lumping of components to generate
pseudo-components
4. Estimation of the physical properties of

pseudo-components
Thermodynamic modeling by
software packages
Postprocessing: tuning of
model against measured
WAT/WPC
FIGURE 3.10
Flowchart of performing wax thermodynamic modeling using software packages.
60 Wax Deposition
Integrated peak
Method A: Method B:
from valley to valley from baseline
FIGURE 3.11
Two different methods of integration to obtain SCN and n-paraffin distribution from oilgas
chromatograph. (From Coto, B., Coutinho, J. A. P., Martos, C., Robustillo, M. D., Espada, J. J., &
Pea, J. L., Energy & Fuels, 25, 11531160, 2011.)
Different researchers probably follow their own in-house methods when

measuring the n-paraffin distribution and the SCN distribution. Figure 3.13
shows these two distributions of a North Sea crude oil provided by Statoil.
Figure 3.13 shows both the mole fraction of the hydrocarbon components
and their n-paraffin fractions that were measured up to C36. However, for
components with a carbon number greater than 36, the accuracies of the mea-
sured mole fractions and n-paraffin fractions become susceptible to experi-
mental errors due to the low absolute amounts of the C36+ fractions and the
difficulties in determination of high boiling components by GC. Therefore,
5
By DSC
Precipitated paraffin (wt%)
Method B: from
4 baseline
By fractional
2 precipitation
1
Method A: from
valley to valley
0
50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 3.12
Comparison of the WPC prediction based on n-paraffin distribution obtained from different
methods of integration: from valley to valley and from baseline with experimental measure-
ments by DSC and fractional precipitation. (From Coto, B., Coutinho, J. A. P. et al., Energy &
Fuels, 25, 11531160, 2011.)
102
Amount of SCN component/n-paraffin

SCN in total fluid
n-Paraffin in total fluid
in total fluid (mol.%) 101
100
101
102
0 10 20 30 40
Carbon number
FIGURE 3.13
Composition of the crude oil including n-paraffin distribution of oil S measured by HTGC.
(From Zheng, S. et al., Energy & Fuels, 27, 73797388, 2013.)
the amount of the component with the highest carbon number in an HTGC
analysis is usually reported as one number including all C36+ components,
which is called a plus fraction. The wax precipitation characteristics in terms
of the WPC and the composition of the precipitated solid phase are sensitive
to the composition of the plus fraction because heavy components are the
first to precipitate as temperature is decreased below the WAT (Erickson et
al., 1993). Consequently, the mole fractions of the C36+, i.e., components with
carbon numbers greater than 36, and the corresponding n-paraffin fractions
need to be properly estimated and included in thermodynamic modeling
so that model predictions better represent the actual crude oil precipitation
characteristics.
Based on field experience, Pedersen, Thomassen, and Fredenslund (1985)
suggested extrapolating the SCN and the n-paraffin distribution of the heavy
end to a certain limiting carbon number by assuming that the amount of
hydrocarbon component CiHj and n-paraffin n-Ci-H2i+2 decreases logarithmi-
cally as the carbon number i increases. Pedersens method of extrapolation
has provided satisfactory modeling results for multiple crude oils (Hansen,
Fredenslund, Pedersen, & Rningsen, 1988). A sensitivity analysis showed
that for this particular crude oil, including C50+ alkane components in ther-
modynamic modeling affects the predicted precipitation curve by less than
0.1%. Figure 3.14 shows the composition of the oil with the mole fractions of
C36 C50 components extrapolated using Pedersens method.
In some other cases, the SCN and the n-paraffin distribution are extrapo-
lated to a carbon number as high as 75 (Erickson et al., 1993). In order for the
software packages to automatically extrapolate the plus fraction composition
to an appropriate limiting carbon number, additional information such as
62 Wax Deposition
102
Amount of SCN component/n-paraffin

SCN in total fluid
101 n-Paraffin in total fluid
in total fluid (mol.%)
100 Extrapolation
101
102
103
0 20 40 60
Carbon number
FIGURE 3.14
Extrapolated composition of the crude oil S including SCN distribution and n-paraffin distri-
bution. (From Zheng, S. et al., Energy & Fuels, 27, 73797388, 2013.)
the plus fraction density and the molecular weight should be supplied to the
software packages. If the plus fraction density and the molecular weight are
unknown, a trial-and-error method suggested by Calsep can be used to
adjust the plus fraction molecular weight and density until the flash calcula-
tion at stock tank condition predicts the reported STO molecular weight and
density.
Modeling the thermodynamic equilibrium of each n-paraffin and non-n-
paraffin components requires solving one vaporliquid and one liquidsolid
equilibrium equation for each component. With this crude oil, the compo-
sitional analysis resolved the weight distribution over approximately 100
components (both paraffin and nonparaffin). Therefore, approximately 200
equations need to be solved in order to determine the molar composition of
each component in each phase. The actual scenario is worse than it already
sounds. Each of the 200 equations contains the concentration of components
in the same phase. Therefore, each of the 200 equations contains the 100
unknown compositions. Solving this system of equation requires an enor-
mous amount of computer time. In order to reduce computational intensity,
components with neighboring carbon numbers are usually lumped to form
pseudo-components. Default PVTsim settings lumps real components into
12 pseudo-components (PVTsim 19 method documentation, 2009). After lump-
ing, only 24 equilibrium equations instead of some 200 equations need to be
solved.
After lumping, each pseudo-component represents a group of real compo-
nents, and thus, its physical properties should be an average of its constituent
real components. As important parameters in the thermodynamic modeling,
the averaged critical pressure Pc, the averaged critical temperature Tc, and the
averaged acentric factor need to be calculated using empirical correlations.
Empirical correlations usually estimate Pc, Tc, and based on the molecular
weight of the pseudo-components.
The preceding three steps
The extrapolation for the amount of high carbon number components

The lumping of real components to form pseudo-components
The calculation of pseudo-component physical properties by empiri-
cal correlations
are called the characterization of a petroleum fluid. The characterized

fluid can be passed onto the next subroutine for thermodynamic modeling.
3.6.2Model Tuning: Postprocessing of Thermodynamic Modeling

Predictions of the WAT and the WPC from software packages should always
be carefully evaluated. Multiple uncertainties can exist through the course
of performing wax thermodynamic modeling. Some common uncertainties
include
The SCN distribution and the n-paraffin distribution as the input to

thermodynamic models are sensitive to the method of integration
used to process gas chromatograph.
The extrapolation of SCN distribution and n-paraffin distribu-
tion assumes exponential decay in amounts as the carbon number
increases. Some crude oils do not follow this exponential decay.
The estimation of pseudo-component physical properties might not
be accurate.
Model predictions usually need to be benchmarked with experimental

measurements. Due to multiple uncertainties, it is rare that the model pre-
dicts the exact values of the experimentally measured WAT and WPC. All
software packages provide options to adjust certain model parameters (tun-
ing options) in order for the model predictions to match the experimentally
measured WAT or wax content. Table 3.5 summarizes the tuning options
provided in each software package.
It should be noted that although most model predictions match experi-
mental measurements after tuning, one should remain skeptical about the
tuned predictions as all tuning options have obvious shortcomings listed in
Table 3.5, because adjustments are made to measured characteristics of oil or
wax. Tuned model predictions for WAT and WPC are usually passed on to
the next subroutine for wax deposition modeling. Wax deposition modeling
will be discussed in Chapter 4.
64 Wax Deposition
TABLE 3.5
Summary of Tuning Options in Mainstream Thermodynamic Modeling Software
Packages and Their Shortcomings
Mainstream
Software Tuning Option Tune to Match Shortcoming
PVTsim Wt% of wax in oil WAT or wax Fluid might not represent oil
content or both composition after tuning
GUTS Wt% of wax at the WAT Inconsistent with lab testing
precipitation onset techniques
Multiflash n-Paraffin heat of fusion WAT Inconsistent with the physical
properties of the material
3.7Extended Applications of Wax Thermodynamic Models

The applications of wax thermodynamic models are not limited to predict-
ing the WAT and the WPC. In the determination of the WPC using DSC, one
calculates the WPC based on the DSC trace with an assumed value of 200 J/g
for the wax heat of crystallization. However, using a constant heat of crys-
tallization might not represent the actual wax precipitation characteristics.
Alkane components with the highest carbon number first precipitate when
temperature is decreased right below the WAT. Lighter alkane components
precipitate as temperature is further decreased. The heat of crystallization
of the heavy alkane component and of the light alkane component differ.
Therefore, using a constant value for the heat of crystallization for all the
precipitating components might lead to inaccuracy in the WPC. Wax ther-
modynamic modeling can be used to improve the accuracy of the calculation
from the DSC trace to obtain the WPC.
In order to achieve a more accurate WPC, the heat of crystallization used
to calculate the amount of solid precipitation should also vary with the tem-
perature in order to account for the fact that alkanes with different heat of
crystallization precipitate at different temperatures. In order to determine
the value of heat of crystallization to be used for calculation, knowledge of
the carbon number of the alkane precipitating at the current temperature is
required a priori. Wax thermodynamic models can predict the carbon num-
ber of precipitating alkane at each temperature. Based on this idea, Coto,
Martos, Espada, Robustillo, and Pea (2010) developed an iterative algorithm
using a thermodynamic model. According to Coto et al.s method, one first
obtains an initial guess for the WPC and oil composition based on the DSC
trace by assuming that
n-Paraffin n-Ci precipitates at its melting temperature Ti f .

q(Ti f )
The amount of n-Ci precipitated at Tm,i equals wi = f
, where q(Ti f )
H i
is the measured heat release at Ti f .
It should be noted that the temperature at which an alkane component

precipitates from a liquid Tip only equals its melting temperature Ti f when it
exists as a pure liquid. The precipitation temperature Tip of n-Ci from a liquid
mixture depends on the composition of the liquid mixture and can be pre-
dicted by thermodynamic modeling based on the guessed oil composition.
Based on the predicted precipitating temperature (Tip), one can recalculate
q(Tip )
the amount of n-Ci precipitated: wi = at Tip, and obtain a second WPC
H if
and oil composition. More iterations to obtain the WPC and the oil composi-
tions are performed until no significant change in the WPC and the oil com-
positions can be observed. Figure 3.15 summarizes this iterative algorithm
based on wax thermodynamic modeling to improve the accuracy of WPC
obtained from DSC traces.
In addition to the application of thermodynamic modeling of waxes to
improve experimental methods of using DSC to measure precipitation
curves, the wax thermodynamic model can also be combined with depo-
sition models to predict the wax deposit carbon number distribution. This
application will be presented in Chapter 5 together with various applications
of wax deposition models.
DSC thermogram
Integration
Pure component
properties
WPC
Correlation
n-Alkane-like
composition
SLE
Correlations for precipitation heat and

temperature
New integration
WPC DSC thermogram
Correlation
SLE n-Alkane-like
composition
FIGURE 3.15
An iterative algorithm to improve the accuracy of DSC-measured WPC based on thermo
dynamic modeling. (From Coto, B. et al., Fuel, 89, 10871094, 2010.)
66 Wax Deposition
3.8Summary
In this chapter, different wax thermodynamic models were introduced.
Among these wax thermodynamic models, Coutinhos model is the most
rigorous model, while other models implement different assumptions for
model simplification. The assumption of ideal solidliquid phase behavior
usually leads to overestimation of the WAT and the WPC.
Wax thermodynamic models can predict the WAT, the WPC, and the com-
position of precipitated wax. These predictions provide important information
regarding wax precipitation characteristics to help assess the possibility and
severity of wax deposition issues. It should be noted that in order to obtain
reliable predictions from wax thermodynamic models, one should follow
certain established procedures. The industrial practice for using wax ther-
modynamic models was also introduced in this chapter. Reliable WAT and
WPC predictions by thermodynamic models can be used as input param-
eters for wax deposition modeling when the corresponding experimental
characterizations are not available. The application of wax thermodynamic
models in wax deposition modeling will be introduced in Chapters 4 to 6.
4
Wax Deposition Modeling
In this chapter, the fundamentals of transport phenomena that are used to

model wax deposition are discussed in detail. We keep in mind that most
mathematical models, no matter how complicated they are, should be based
on a description of physical phenomena with certain assumptions. Therefore,
before introducing these transport theories, let us first review the two utterly
most important questions:
What is wax deposition?

How does wax deposition occur?
We will first address these two questions in Section 4.1.
4.1Wax Deposition Mechanisms

The first question to understand wax deposition would be What deposits
in wax deposition? Obviously the answer shall be wax, but in which form?
We know that there are wax molecules that are dissolved in the oil, and that
there are also precipitated wax particles that form a suspension in the oil, as
shown in Figure 4.1. Of these two types of wax, which is the source for wax
deposition at the pipe wall?
In fact, this question was intensively studied between the 1980s and 2000s.
During the early stage of such investigation, the following wax deposit for-
mation mechanisms were initially proposed by Burger et al. (1981):
Molecular diffusion: Wax deposition due to the diffusion of the dis-

solved molecules of the waxy components toward the wall.
Shear dispersion: Wax deposition due to the dispersion of the precipi-
tated particles of the waxy components toward the wall.
Brownian diffusion: Wax deposition due to the diffusion of the pre-
cipitated particles toward the wall. The diffusion of the precipitated
particles is caused by Brownian motion.
Gravity settling: Wax deposition due to the settling of the precipitated
particles of the waxy components toward the bottom of the pipe.
67
68 Wax Deposition
Pipe centerline
Flow direction
Dissolved wax
Bulk oil molecules
Wall
Precipitated wax particles
Deposit
Wall
FIGURE 4.1
Schematic of the two types of wax that could potentially cause wax deposition.
We can see that for the first mechanism, molecular diffusion, the subjects of
deposition are the dissolved wax molecules in the oil. The depositing mate-
rials in the other three mechanisms (shear dispersion, Brownian diffusion,
and gravity settling) are the suspended wax particles that have precipitated
from the oil. In order to identify which mechanism plays the primary role in
wax deposition, researchers have looked at the cause of each of these mecha-
nisms to see if the conditions where these mechanisms would occur are con-
sistent with what happens typically in a pipe flow that is subject to external
cooling (which would resemble the transportation of petroleum fluids in the
subsea pipelines). And several mechanisms were quickly identified to have
insignificant impact on wax deposition: The Brownian diffusion of wax par-
ticles is not likely to be valid because the wall temperature is lower than the
oil bulk temperature, resulting in more precipitated wax particles at the wall
than there are in the bulk oil. Consequently, the impact of Brownian diffu-
sion is to transport these precipitated particles from the wall toward the bulk
oil, instead of moving them toward the wall and deposit (Singh et al., 2000).
Gravity settling was also believed to be insignificant as there has not been a
study claiming that wax deposits are generally thicker at the bottom than at
the top of the pipe wall during single-phase oil flow conditions.
The remaining two mechanisms are shear dispersion and molecular dif-
fusion. At early times, the mechanism of shear dispersion was advocated
by several researchers (Burger et al., 1981; Hsu & Brubaker, 1995) and was
in fact incorporated in early deposition models (such as the wax deposition
model in the OLGA industrial flow simulator). However, another early study
by Bern et al. (1980) found that the wax deposition rate did not increase with
the increasing shear rate of the fluid, casting the first doubt on this mecha-
nism for wax deposition. In fact, many findings in the field of particle fluid
dynamics, both theoretical and experimental, seem to suggest that the wax
Wax Deposition Modeling 69
particles in the oil flow are not necessarily to be dispersed toward the wall:
The study by Saffman (1965) and Cleaver and Yates (1973) (based on particle
fluid mechanics theory) and those by Jimenez et al. (1988), Urushihara et al.
(1993), and Garcia et al. (1995) (based on particle velocimetry) all found that
particles located in the viscous layer near the wall tend to be re-entrained
into the bulk flow by a lifting force generated by the turbulent flow (known
as the Saffman lift force). These findings suggested that the mechanism
of shear dispersion is not significant or even possible. Based on the exten-
sive experimental observations on wax deposition over the past few decades
(Hunt Jr, 1962; Eaton & Weeter, 1976; Brown et al., 1993; Creek et al., 1999;
Singh et al., 2000; Hoffmann & Amundsen, 2010; Jemmett et al., 2012), it is
now generally accepted that the molecular diffusion is the main mechanism
for wax deposition. The precipitated wax crystals formed away from the wall
do not seem to contribute to the formation of the wax deposit but rather flow
with the oil to form a suspension in the fluid mixture. As of today, the mech-
anism of molecular diffusion has been used by many wax modeling studies
(Solaimany Nazar et al., 2001; Roehner & Fletcher, 2002; Hernandez et al.,
2003; Venkatesan, 2004; Edmonds et al., 2007; Akbarzadeh & Zougari, 2008;
Ismail et al., 2008; Lee, 2008; Merino-Garcia & Correra, 2008; Han et al., 2010;
Phillips et al., 2011; Huang et al., 2011a; Lu et al., 2012). Consequently, this
mechanism will be discussed in detail in the rest of this chapter.
4.2Molecular Diffusion as the Main

Mechanism for Wax Deposition
A schematic of the mechanism of molecular diffusion is shown in Figure 4.2.
The following four steps are involved in this mechanism:
Step 1: Precipitation of dissolved wax molecules

Step 2: Generation of radial concentration gradient of dissolved
waxy components
Step 3: Deposition of waxy components on the surface of an existing
deposit
Step 4: Internal diffusion of waxy components in the deposit
These four steps will be discussed in detail subsequently.
4.2.1Step 1: Precipitation of Dissolved Wax Molecules

Once the fluid temperature decreases to below the wax appearance tempera-
ture (WAT), the dissolved waxy components start to precipitate out of the oil
70 Wax Deposition
Pipe centerline Precipitated wax crystals (solid)

Oil flow
Dissolved waxy components (liquid)
Wall
Oil Oil
Deposit Deposit
Wall Wall
Step 1 Step 2
Oil Oil
Deposit Deposit
Wall Wall
Step 4 Step 3
FIGURE 4.2
Schematic of molecular diffusion as the wax deposition mechanism.
and form crystals. Precipitation of the waxy components can occur both at the
bulk oil and on the pipe wall as long as the temperature at that particular loca-
tion is below the WAT, as shown in Figure 4.2 (step 1). As discussed previously,
the precipitated wax crystals formed in the bulk are believed to flow with the
oil and not deposit on the pipe wall. Therefore, it is the precipitation of the
waxy components at the wall that forms the incipient layer of the wax deposit.
4.2.2Step 2: Formation of Radial Concentration

Gradient of Dissolved Waxy Components
During normal cooling conditions, the inner wall usually has a lower tem-
perature than the bulk oil. Therefore, the degree of precipitation of waxy com-
ponents is generally greater at the wall than in the bulk, resulting in a greater
concentration of waxy components in the bulk oil than on the pipe wall, thereby
creating a radial concentration gradient of the waxy components between the
bulk oil and the wall. The concentration gradient results in the diffusion of
thewaxy components from the bulk oil, which has a higher concentration of
the dissolved waxy components toward the wall, which has a lower concen-
tration of the dissolved waxy components, as highlighted in Figure 4.2. The
diffusion coefficient of the waxy components in the oil typically ranges from
1010 to 109 m2/s (Hayduk & Minhas, 1982), which is much smaller compared
to that for gas systems that are of the order of 105 m2/s (Green, 2008).
4.2.3Step 3: Deposition of Waxy Components on

the Surface of an Existing Deposit
As discussed in step 2 (Section 4.3.2), the precipitation of waxy components
on the surface of a wall contributes to the formation of wax deposit. Once
an incipient deposit layer is formed, the boundary of the oil region becomes
the surface of the deposit. In this case, the precipitation of the dissolved
waxy components on the deposit surface leads to further growth of the wax
deposit, as shown in Figure 4.2 (step 3). Because the waxy crude continues to
flow through the pipe, the diffusion of dissolved waxy components toward
the deposit continues to occur, resulting in the buildup of the wax deposit.
4.2.4Step 4: Internal Diffusion and Precipitation

of Waxy Components in the Deposit
Although diffusion constantly brings the molecules of waxy components
to the oildeposit interface, not all of these molecules that precipitate at the
interface form a new layer of deposit. Some of these dissolved waxy compo-
nents have been found to continue to diffuse into the wax deposit, resulting
in an increase in the wax fraction in the wax deposit. This phenomenon is
also known as deposit aging and has been observed by numerous research-
ers (Burger et al., 1981; Lund, 1998; Singh et al., 2000; Singh & Venkatesan,
2001; Hernandez, 2002; Venkatesan, 2004; Hoffmann & Amundsen, 2010;
Noville & Naveira, 2012; Bai & Zhang, 2013a,b). This internal diffusion of
dissolved waxy components leads to an increase in the wax fraction in the
deposit. Consequently, during the course of wax deposition, most of these
dissolved waxy components in the deposit are above the solubility limit and
could further precipitate to form crystals, resulting in an increase in the solid
fraction in the deposit. The phenomena of aging were quantitatively studied
by Singh et al. (2000), as shown in Figure 4.3. This study also developed an
analysis on the mass balance of the waxy components in the deposit to quan-
titatively describe the process of aging, which will be discussed in detail in
Section 4.4.4.
Let us continue to take a look at the morphology of the wax deposit: The
wax deposit consists of a network of precipitated wax crystals, which can
entrap the liquid oil and form a porous media. The formation of the net-
work structure was proposed and validated by various researchers (Dirand,
Chevallier, & Provost, 1998; Singh et al., 2000; Venkatesan et al., 2005), as
shown in Figures 4.4 and 4.5.
As the dissolved waxy components in the deposit continue to precipitate to
build up the network structure of the deposit, further internal diffusion of the
dissolved waxy components through the entrapped liquid becomes signifi-
cantly hindered. Consequently, during the process of wax deposition, the phe-
nomenon of aging is usually the most rapid initially and then approaches an
asymptotic trend, as observed in Figure 4.3 from the study of Singh et al. (2000).
72 Wax Deposition
0.4
0.35
Wax content (wt. fraction)
0.3
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
Time (days)
FIGURE 4.3
Evolution of wax fraction in the deposit observed by Singh et al. (2000). The wax fraction in the
original oil is 0.0067. (Singh, P., Venkatesan, R., Fogler, H. S., & Nagarajan, N.: Formation and
aging of incipient thin film wax-oil gels. AIChE Journal. 2000. 46. 10591074. Copyright Wiley-
VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. Reproduced with permission.)
Interlamellar disorders
nc
Growth direction Growth direction
nc = average chain length of the paraffin mixture

FIGURE 4.4
Schematic of the crystal structure in the wax deposit proposed by Dirand et al. (1998) and
Singh et al. (2000). (Singh, P., Venkatesan, R., Fogler, H. S., & Nagarajan, N.: Formation and
aging of incipient thin film wax-oil gels. AIChE Journal. 2000. 46. 10591074. Copyright Wiley-
VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. Reproduced with permission.)
The experimental findings discussed above enable a pathway to develop

mathematical models for wax deposition. Based on the mechanism of molec-
ular diffusion, the degree of wax deposition greatly depends on the mag-
nitude of radial diffusion of the dissolved waxy components through the
boundary layer of the flow toward the wall. It is generally the most impor-
tant parameter involved in a wax deposition model and is typically deter-
mined by investigating the heat and mass transfer characteristics in the pipe.
Such characteristics will be discussed in Sections 4.3 and 4.4.
0.27 mm 0.27 mm
FIGURE 4.5
Microscopic observation of the network structure of a waxy gel by Venkatesan et al. (2005).
(Reprinted from Chemical Engineering Science, 60, Venkatesan, R., Nagarajan, N. R., Paso, K., Yi,
Y.-B., Sastry, A. M., & Fogler, H. S., The strength of paraffin gels formed under static and flow
conditions, 35873598, Copyright 2005, with permission from Elsevier.)
4.3Overview of Wax Deposition Modeling

4.3.1Wax Deposition Modeling Algorithm
A general algorithm for wax deposition modeling is summarized in
Figure 4.6.
There are two main calculations involved in this algorithm, and they
are highlighted in the dashed boxes in Figure 4.6. The first step involves
the hydrodynamic and heat transfer calculations in order to determine
the temperature profile along the pipe. The second step involves the mass
transfer calculations that are used in combination with the wax precipita-
tion curve to predict the growth rate of wax deposits on the pipe wall. The
buildup of the wax deposits on the pipe wall not only reduces the effective
diameter of the pipe but also provides additional insulation to reduce heat
loss to the ambient environment. Therefore, the heat transfer calculations
must be continuously updated until a desired time is simulated. The input
parameters for a wax deposition model include two groups of parameters.
The first group represents the operating conditions of the pipeline, which
often include the dimension, geometry, and insulation of a pipeline; the
inlet temperature; the inlet/outlet pressure; the flow rate of the incoming
fluids; and the ambient heat transfer conditions. The second group of inputs
includes the properties of the fluids, such as density, viscosity, specific heat,
thermal conductivity, and phase envelope (for multiphase flow). In terms
of wax deposition modeling, the most important property of oil shall be its
wax precipitation curve. The wax precipitation curve is generated through
74 Wax Deposition
Operating conditions Oil properties
Input
Hydrodynamics and heat transfer

calculations
Repeat until desired time is reached
Reduced pipe diameter and
Temperature
increased insulation
profile
Mass transfer and Input Wax precipitation

wax deposition curve
mechanism
Determine the growth of wax deposit

on the wall
FIGURE 4.6
General algorithm for wax deposition modeling.
thermodynamic studies on the waxy components (n-paraffins) in the oil,

as introduced in detail in Chapters 2 and 3. In a deposition model, the wax
precipitation curve is used in combination with the temperature/pressure
profile in the pipe to determine the radial mass flux of the waxy compo-
nents toward the wall and eventually calculate the growth rate of wax
deposits in the pipe.
4.3.2Overview of Various Wax Deposition Models

This section provides a detailed comparison on several commercial wax
deposition models that have been frequently used by the flow assurance
industry, as well as some of the more recently developed academic wax
deposition models.
4.3.2.1Industrialized Commercial Wax Deposition Models

4.3.2.1.1Deposition Models of Rygg, Rydahl, and Rnningsen
(1998) and Matzain et al. (2001)
The modeling works of Rygg et al. and Matzain et al. are currently imple-
mented in an OLGA wax commercial/wax deposition model. OLGA is a
multiphase flow simulator that has been developed for several decades and
is used widely in the flow assurance industry.
4.3.2.1.2 Deposition Model of Lindeloff and Krejbjerg (2002)

The model study of Lindeloff and Krejbjerg is currently implemented in the
DepoWax module in the PVTsim software package. PVTsim is a thermody-
namic simulator that has been used extensively for the petroleum industry
on fluid characterizations.
4.3.2.1.3 Deposition Model of Edmonds et al. (2007)

FloWax is a wax deposition model developed by Infochem based on the
study of Edmonds et al. It should be noted that the equations for heat transfer
and wax deposition are originally from Venkatesan (2004).
4.3.2.2Academic Wax Deposition Models

4.3.2.2.1 Wax Deposition Model from the University of Tulsa
The wax deposition model from the University of Tulsa (TUWAX) is devel-
oped through the Tulsa University Paraffin Deposition Projects (TUPDP).
One of its early studies was carried out by Matzain (1997). Over the past
decade, the TUWAX model has been applied to extensive wax deposi-
tion experiments carried out in its in-house flow loop (Lund, 1998; Apte
et al., 2001; Hernandez, 2002; Hernandez et al., 2003; Couto, 2004; Bruno,
Sarica, Chen, & Volk, 2008). Several versions of TUWAX are available to
the members of the TUPDP, and it has been applied in some of the field
wax remediation practices (Singh, Lee, Singh, & Sarica, 2011). The informa-
tion summarized in the study about TUWAX for single phase is based on
the study of Hernandez et al. (2003). The information on wax deposition
modeling for the gasoil two-phase flow is based on the study of Apte
et al. (2001), while the models transport equations for the oilwater two-
phase flow are likely to be based on the study of Couto (2004) and Bruno
et al. (2008).
4.3.2.2.2Wax Deposition from the University of

Michigan (Michigan Wax Predictor)
The Michigan Wax Predictor (MWP) is developed by the University of
Michigan Porous Media Research Group. The MWP originated from the
study of Singh et al. (2000), which was the first wax deposition model that
accounts for the phenomenon of aging (the increase in the wax fraction in
the wax deposit). This first version showed remarkable achievement in pre-
dicting wax deposition thickness and wax fraction in the deposit for lami-
nar flow conditions. After a decade of doctoral research, the MWP has been
extended to turbulent flow conditions and has been well validated by vari-
ous experimental studies (Venkatesan, 2004; Lee, 2008; Huang, Lee et al.,
2011; Senra, Kapoor, & Fogler, 2011; Lu et al., 2012).
In Section 4.4, the theoretical bases and numerical features in the above
wax models will be highlighted.
76 Wax Deposition
4.4Detailed Comparison of Different Wax Deposition Models

In this section, we are going to dissect the wax models at a most detailed
level. The model configurations as well as the mathematical representations
for the fluid flow, heat/mass transfer theories will be thoroughly discussed.
4.4.1Model Dimensions
The dimensions that a wax deposition model accounts for are often neglected
and are actually one of its most important aspects. Because wax deposition
occurs as a result of the radial heat loss of the petroleum fluids to the sur-
roundings, the radial profiles of temperature and the concentration of the
dissolved waxy components are essential for a wax deposition model to accu-
rately determine the growth rate of wax deposits. However, solving for the
transport characteristics in the radial direction with satisfactory resolution
often require significant computational intensity. Such intensity can become
a burden for industrial flow simulators, which are mostly discretized only
in the axial direction to look for characteristics of the fluids in the bulk flow.
An example of the temperature profile during single-phase oil flow is shown
in Figure 4.7.
With the current 1-D industrial flow simulators, a single value of tempera-
ture is used to represent the bulk oil with another value for the inner wall of
the pipe. A laminar sublayer is used to represent the region close to the wall,
where the temperature decreases linearly.
For the MWP (an academic wax deposition model), a 2-D (axial and radial)
discretization is used, as shown in Figure 4.8. Compared with the approach
of 1-D discretization, the 2-D discretization can account for radial variations
Pipe centerline
Temperature
profile in the oil
Bulk oil Toil
Boundary layer
Twall
Wall
FIGURE 4.7
Discretization of temperature profiles in the 1-D wax deposition models.
Pipe centerline
Temperature
profile in the oil
Bulk oil T = f (r,z)
Boundary layer
Wall
FIGURE 4.8
2-D discretization of temperature profiles in the MWP.
in the oil properties. For example, as temperature decreases in the radial

direction of the pipe, the viscosity of the oil can increase, and the diffusion
coefficient of the wax in oil can decrease substantially. Using a 2-D discretiza-
tion in the wax deposition model can help capture these changes to achieve a
more accurate production of the heat/mass transfer characteristics.
4.4.2Hydrodynamics in the Wax Deposition Models

Hydrodynamics can greatly influence the heat and mass transfer characteris-
tics in the pipe especially in multiphase flows. In multiphase flow conditions,
one of the most important hydrodynamic parameters is the liquid holdup
(the volume fraction of the liquid phase). Because of the drastic difference
in the heat capacities between gas and liquid, the liquid holdup has signifi-
cant impact on the temperature profile in the pipe. A gasliquid flow with
higher liquid holdup generally exhibits a more gradual decrease in tempera-
ture during cooling. In order to determine the hydrodynamics of the flow,
empirical correlations are usually applied and are summarized in Table 4.1.
For the single-phase flow, empirical hydrodynamic correlations are usu-
ally used to determine friction factors in order to calculate the pressure drop
across the pipe. These correlations are relatively well established and have
been verified by numerous experimental studies (Wilkes, 2005). It should be
noted that the correlations for the friction factor are based on a 1-D discreti-
zation of the flow simulator. The MWP, due to its 2-D discretization, does
not need to determine the friction factor used in hydrodynamic calculations.
Instead, it determines the entire radial velocity profile via the correlation of
Van Driest (1956) to represent the v+ and y+ relationship for turbulent flows
and with the parabolic velocity profile for laminar flows.
78 Wax Deposition
TABLE 4.1
Summary of Empirical Hydrodynamic Correlations for Different Wax Models
Huang, Lu,
Hoffmann,
Matzain Lindeloff and Amundsen,
Wax Deposition (1997); Rygg Krejbjerg Edmonds Hernandez and Fogler
Models et al. (1998) (2002) et al. (2007) et al. (2003) (2011)
Software OLGA wax PVTsim; FloWax TUWAX MWP
implementation DepoWax
Hydrodynamics Bendiksen, Mukherjee and Brill (1987) Xiao, Van Driest
correlation Maines, Brill (1985); Shonham, (1956)
Moe, and Bendiksen and Brill
Nuland etal. (1991) (1990);
(1991) Kaya,
Sarica, and
Brill (1999)
Multiphase Yes Yes Yes Yes Uses averaged
capability properties of
fluids as one
single-phase
fluid
For multiphase flow, empirical correlations are used to estimate velocity,

pressure, liquid holdup, and flow regimes. However, due to the complexity
in the multiphase flow behavior, uncertainties in these empirical correlations
for multiphase flow are much more significant than those for single-phase
flow.
4.4.3 Heat Transfer Equations and Correlations

The case of single-phase oil flow will first be considered. Figure 4.9 shows a
schematic of the heat transfer characteristics in two dimensions for a cylin-
drical pipe.
For the 1-D (axial direction) wax deposition models, the general heat trans-
fer equations used for this type of models are shown as follows:
2
Rpipe oil CpU dToil = 2 Rpipe hinternal (Toil Twall ) dz (4.1)
hinternal (Tbulk Twall) = hexternal (Twall Tambient) (4.2)
where
Rpipe = the radius of the pipe (m)
oil = density of the oil (kg/m3)
Cp = heat capacity of the oil (J/K/kg)
U = average velocity of the oil (m/s)
Tambient
Wall, insulation, etc. Heat loss

Twall
U
Toil
Twall
Wall, insulation, etc. Heat loss
dz
Tambient
FIGURE 4.9
Schematic of heat transfer characteristics in a single-phase oil flow.
T = temperature (K)
z = axial coordinate (m)
hinternal = internal heat transfer coefficient based on the pipe inner diameter
(W/m2/K)
hexternal = external heat transfer coefficient (including the pipe wall, the pipe
insulation, and the ambient environment) based on the pipe inner
diameter (W/m2/K)
In this case, the temperatures of the bulk oil and at the inner wall, Toil and
Twall, are the two variables that are needed to be solved using Equations 4.1
and 4.2. The heat transfer coefficients can be estimated using the empirical
correlations summarized in Table 4.2. It should be noted that for multiphase
flows, most wax deposition models still use single-phase heat transfer cor-
relations with averaged properties of the phases to estimate the temperature
profiles.
The empirical correlation for the internal heat transfer coefficient does
not need to be used for the MWP, which has a 2-D discretization scheme.
Instead, using the energy balance in both the radial and axial directions
(Equation4.3) with appropriate boundary conditions (Equation 4.4), both the
radial and axial temperature profiles can be solved:
T (r , z) 1 k T (r , z)
Vz (r ) = r thermal + oil (4.3)
z r r oil Cp r
80 Wax Deposition
TABLE 4.2
Summary of Heat Transfer Correlations for Different Wax Deposition Models
Rygg et al. and
Matzain et al. Lindeloff and
(as Krejbjerg (as Edmonds
Implemented Implemented etal. (as
in OLGA in PVTsim Implemented
Wax) DepoWax) in FloWax) TUWAX MWP
Heat transfer Sieder and Tate (1936), Gnielinski (1976), or Sieder and Tate Deen (1998)
correlation Dittus and Blter (1985) (1936) oneddy
(single-phase thermal/
or oilwater mass
flow with diffusivities
averaged (single-phase)
Multiphase Uses averaged properties of fluids as one properties of Uses averaged
capability single-phase fluid fluids) properties of
Kim et al. (1999) fluids as one
(Gasliquid, single-phase
flow fluid
regime
dependent)
T
= 0, at r = 0
r
(4.4)
T
hexternal (Tambient Twall ) = koil , at r = Rpipe
r
Here, r(m) is the radial coordinate; thermal (m2/s) is the eddy thermal dif-
fusivity, which is determined by the von Krmn correlation (Wilkes, 2005);
and koil (W/m/K) is the thermal conductivity of the oil. The details of all the
transport equations in this model have been reported in the study of Huang,
Lee et al. (2011).
4.4.4Mass Transfer and Deposit Growth Rate

Calculations for the Wax Deposition Models
The previously discussed hydrodynamic and heat transfer calculations pro-
vide us the temperature profile of the pipe. In this section, this temperature
profile is further utilized to determine the mass transfer characteristics with
the wax precipitation curve, which eventually help determine the growth
rate of wax deposits.
4.4.4.1Mathematical Representation of the Molecular Diffusion Mechanism

As previously discussed in Section 4.2, molecular diffusion is the major
mechanism for wax deposit formation (Singh et al., 2000). In this mechanism,
the precipitated wax particles in the bulk oil do not contribute to wax depo-
sition on the pipe wall. Instead, it is the radial diffusion of dissolved wax
molecules that results in the buildup of a wax deposit. The magnitude of
diffusion can be described in terms of radial mass fluxes (usually with the
unit of kg/m2/s), which are shown as JA and JB in Figure 4.10. These two
parameters can be further related to the deposition process based on a series
of mass balance equations, as shown in Equations 4.5 and 4.6, that are based
on the study of Singh et al.
Mass balance at the oildeposit interface is given by
d deposit
deposit Fwax = ( J A JB ) (4.5)
dt
and mass balance over the entire deposit is given by

( 2
deposit Rpipe (Rpipe deposit )2 dF )
wax
= JB (4.6)
2 (Rpipe deposit ) dt
where deposit (kg/m3) represents the density of the deposit; Fwax is the wax
mass fraction (the summation of all the waxy components) in the wax deposit
(both dissolved in the entrapped oil and precipitated as crystals); deposit (m)
represents deposit thickness; Rpipe (m) represents the radius of the pipe; and
t represents time (s).
Equation 4.5 represents a mass balance on dissolved waxy components at
the oildeposit interface, whereas Equation 4.6 is the mass balance on the
dissolved waxy components in the deposit, with a radially averaged value of
wax fraction in the deposit, Fwax. From these balance equations, it can be seen
Pipe centerline
Fluid flow
Bulk oil
Rpipe deposit
Rpipe
JA JA: Mass flux from bulk oil
Deposit JB JB: Mass flux into the deposit deposit
Wall
FIGURE 4.10
Schematic of the mass fluxes of the dissolved waxy components.
82 Wax Deposition
that the difference of the two mass fluxes (JA JB) corresponds to the growth
of the deposit layer, while the internal diffusion mass flux, JB, results in an
increase in the wax fraction within the deposit. The increase in the wax frac-
tion in the deposit with time, dFmax/dt, is also known as the aging rate of the
wax deposit, which is physically related to the hardening of the wax deposit
as time increases.
4.4.4.2Simplification of Wax Deposition Mechanisms

In most of the commercial wax deposition models, the phenomenon of aging
(the increase in the wax fraction with time) is not accounted for, and themass
flux into the deposit (JB in Equation 4.6) is neglected. In this case, the two mass
balance Equations 4.5 and 4.6 reduce to one equation, as shown in Equation
4.7, where a constant value is used for the wax fraction in the deposit, Fwax:
d deposit
deposit Fwax = J A (4.7)
dt
In industrial wax deposition models, the term porosity of wax deposit

is commonly used instead of the wax mass fraction, Fwax. The porosity of
the wax deposit refers to the volume fraction of the entrapped oil in the wax
deposit. Two approximations are made to relate these two parameters. First,
the densities of the oil and the wax are similar, and therefore, the volume
fraction of the entrapped oil is assumed to be the same as the mass fraction of
the entrapped oil. Second, as the wax deposit is expected to be highly super-
saturated (with a wax mass fraction, Fwax as high as 50%90%), significant
precipitation is expected to occur in the deposit for the waxy components.
Consequently, the amount of dissolved waxy components in the entrapped
oil of the deposit is neglected. In other words, it is often assumed that waxy
components exist only in the solid phase, and the entrapped liquid phase
consists of only nonwaxy components. As a result, the relationship between
the porosity and the wax fraction of the deposit is simplified, as shown in the
following equation:
Fwax = 1 deposit (4.8)
where deposit is the porosity of the wax deposit. Consequently, the mathe-
matical representation of molecular diffusion neglecting aging is shown in
thefollowing:
d deposit
deposit (1 deposit ) = J A (4.9)
dt
The method to determine JA in order to predict the thickness of the wax

deposit will now be discussed.
4.4.5Determining the Mass Flux

The next key step in a deposition model is to determine the value of the mass
flux to the interface, JA, which is usually determined based on Ficks law of dif-
fusion. For the 1-D wax deposition models (as introduced previously in Section
4.4.1), the decrease in the concentration of the waxy components is assumed to
be linear within a thin boundary layer near the wall. This linear concentration
profile indicates that mass transfer in this thin film occurs through diffusion
(rather than convection). A schematic of this profile is shown in Figure 4.11. In
this case, JA can be described as in the following equation:
dC C Cwall C (T ) Cwall (Twall )

J A = Dwax = Dwax oil = Dwax oil oil (4.10)
dr mass transfer mass transfer
where
C = the concentration of dissolved waxy components (kg/m3)
Dwax = the diffusion coefficient of wax in oil (m2/s)
T = temperature (K)
mass transfer = the thickness of the mass transfer layer (m)
The configurations of several key parameters in Equation 4.10 are further

discussed in Section 4.4.5.1.
4.4.5.1Diffusion Coefficient of Wax in Oil, Dwax

For all the wax models in this study, the diffusion coefficient of wax in oil,
Dwax, is determined by the correlation of either Hayduk and Minhas (1982) or
Wilke and Chang (1955), as shown in the following equations:
Pipe centerline
Concentration
profile of dissolved
wax molecules
Bulk oil Coil
Boundary layer Cwall
Wall
FIGURE 4.11
Schematic of concentration profile for the 1-D wax deposition models.
84 Wax Deposition
T 1.47 B 10.2
Dwax = AHM
HaydukMinhas 0.71
, = 0.791 (4.11)
VA VA
( M )0.5 T
Dwax = BWC B B 0.6 (4.12)
WilkeChang
BVA
where the symbols have the following physical representations:

VA = the averaged molar volume of n-paraffins (cm3/mol)
B = the solvent viscosity (cP)
B = the association parameter for the solvent B (typically used as 1)
MB = the solvent molecular weight (g/mol)
T = the fluid temperature (K)
The values of the diffusion parameters AHM and BWC depend on the unit
ofthe diffusion coefficient. When the diffusion coefficient has a unit of m2/s,
the default values for AHM and BWC in these two correlations are 7.4 1012
and 13.3 1012, respectively. If the diffusion coefficient has a unit of cm2/s,
the default values of AHM and BWC becomes 7.4 10 8 and 13.3 10 8 respec-
tively. However, it should be noted that this correlation is originally designed
based on binary dilute solutions. In some wax deposition studies of petro-
leum fluids with a polydispersed composition, A and B become adjustable
parameters that are to be benchmarked by lab-scale deposition experiments
(Kleinhans, Niesen, & Brown, 2000).
4.4.5.2Difference in the Concentration of Dissolved Waxy

Components in the Bulk Oil and at the Wall, (Coil Cwall)
The concentration difference (Coil Cwall) represents the mass transfer driv-
ing force and is essential to wax deposition modeling. In most of the indus-
trial wax models, thermodynamic equilibrium is often assumed to calculate
the concentrations of the dissolved waxy components. In other words, the
wax solubility curve is used to represent the wax concentrations in the bulk
and at the wall. The wax solubility can be determined by inverting the wax
precipitation curve, as highlighted in Figure 4.12. This transformation is
based on the fact that the amount of wax that remains soluble in the liquid
should be equal to the total wax content minus the amount of wax that has
precipitated. In this case, a value of the total wax content is needed for this
transformation and is usually the amount of wax precipitation at 0C or 5C.
It should be noted that this value only serves as a reference and should not
affect the result of (Coil Cwall) because it is canceled during the subtraction.
From the above analysis, it can be concluded that the precipitation curve
of wax provides the essential link between heat transfer and mass transfer
for wax deposition. It attributes the reason of the concentration difference
Wax precipitation curve Wax solubility curve

Wax content Wax content
Coil
Precipitated wax
Dissolved wax
Cwall
Twall Toil
Temperature Temperature
FIGURE 4.12
Conversion from the wax precipitation curve to the wax solubility curve.
(Coil Cwall) to the temperature difference (Toil Twall) between the bulk oil and
at the wall. The temperature difference is known to be the thermal driving
force for wax deposition. In many wax deposition studies, this thermal driv-
ing force is used as the indicator to cross-compare deposition experiments
at different temperatures (Creek et al., 1999; Singh et al., 2000; Paso & Fogler,
2004; Jennings& Weispfennig, 2005). However, it should be noted that two
assumptions are made in these analyses using the thermal driving force:
1. The solubility curve of wax is linear in the range of interest.

2. The wax solubility concentrations are given by their thermodynamic
equilibrium values.
It can be seen that these two conditions are not generally valid, and thus
the use of thermal driving force often has its limitations. Such limitations
will be discussed in detail in Chapter 6. As to the second assumption, some
of the academic studies have tried to incorporate precipitation kinetics to
their models. For example, the TUWAX model includes an additional kinetic
precipitation step on the wall, so that the concentration at the wall is not nec-
essary at thermodynamic equilibrium, depending on the value of the surface
precipitation rate constant in the study of Hernandez et al. (2003). However,
in the MWP, instead of applying precipitation kinetics on the pipe wall, it
is applied on the boundary layer of the fluid, where the oil is expected to
experience drastic cooling while flowing in the pipeline. This implementa-
tion was achieved by using a 2-D mass transfer equation (axial advection and
radial diffusion), as shown in the following equation:
C 1 C
Vz = r( mass + Dwax ) k precipitation ( C C(eq )) (4.13)
z r r r
86 Wax Deposition
102
2.5
Dimensionless thickness, /ri kprecipitation = 0 (no precipitation)
2.0
kprecipitation = 1.4 s1 (kinetic precipitation)

1.5
1.0
Experiment
0.5
kprecipitation = 108 s1
(instantaneous precipitation)
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Time (h)
FIGURE 4.13
The impact of wax precipitation kinetics in the oil flow on wax deposition predicted by the
MWP in the study of Huang, Lee et al. (2011).
It is seen that the second term on the right-hand side of Equation 4.13,
a kinetic precipitation term kprecipitation(C C(eq)), is used to account for the
kinetics of the precipitation of the dissolved wax molecules when their
concentration is above the solubility limit (Lee, 2008). Depending on the
value of the kinetic precipitation rate constant, kprecipitation, the concentra-
tion of dissolved wax molecules in the boundary layer can follow thermo-
dynamic equilibrium (kprecipitation ) or slow precipitation (kprecipitation
0s1). As theprecipitated wax crystals are found to most likely flow with
the oil instead of depositing on the pipe wall, a higher precipitation rate
would likely reduce the amount of dissolved waxy component in the
boundary layer potentially available for diffusion toward the pipe wall.
Consequently, a greater precipitation rate in the boundary layer actually
leads to less deposition on the pipe wall, as the precipitated wax crystals
often flow with the oil instead of depositing on the pipe wall. A compar-
ison with various experimental studies showed that a reasonable value
of kprecipitation can be on the order of 1.4 s1 (Huang, Lee et al., 2011) and is
4.4.5.3Thickness of the Mass Transfer Layer, mass transfer

This parameter has arguably caused the most confusion in wax deposition
modeling, and different wax deposition models adopt various configura-
tions, some of which are not necessarily correct. In this section, this concept
will be explained in detail and differentiated from other concepts. First, the
following parameters are introduced:
Diffusion-equivalent mass transfer layer, diffusion

Conduction-equivalent mass transfer layer, conduction
4.3.5.3.1 Diffusion-Equivalent Boundary Layer

From a mass transfer perspective, the radial mass flux shown in Equation
4.10 can be expressed with the mass transfer coefficient (kmass transfer), a mass
transfer layer thickness (mass transfer), and the Sherwood number (Sh), asshown
by the following equation:
Cbulk Cwall Sh
J A = Dwax = kmass transfer (Cbulk Cwall ) = Dwax (Cbulk Cwall ) (4.14)
mass transfer d
where d is the diameter of the pipe (Venkatesan & Folger, 2004).

One can see that a linear concentration profile is used in Equation 4.14 to
represent the concentration gradient at the wall. Such a linear concentration
profile indicates that only diffusion (rather than advection) is assumed for
mass transfer. However, in reality, both advection and diffusion exist in nor-
mal pipe flow conditions. Therefore, this approach simply uses a diffusion-
equivalent linear layer to represent the mass transfer characteristics in the
radial direction within the pipe. In this case, the thickness of this type of
mass transfer layer is referred to as the diffusion-equivalent mass transfer
layer, diffusion. From Equation 4.14, one can see that it is simply the diameter
of the pipe divided by the Sherwood number:
dpipe
mass transfer = diffusion = (4.15)
Sh
It should be noted that this concept of diffusion-equivalent layer should

not be mistaken as the mass transfer boundary layer, mass boundary layer. The
mass transfer boundary layer usually refers to the layer within which the
wax concentration experiences a 99% decrease (also known as the 99%
boundary layer).
4.4.5.3.2 Conduction-Equivalent Boundary Layer

It should be noted that Equations 4.14 and 4.15 do not account for wax pre-
cipitation because wax solubility is not involved in these two equations. This
assumption is generally not correct because wax does precipitate when the
temperature is above its saturation point. Another approach assuming com-
plete thermodynamic equilibrium converts the concentration difference to
two elements: (1) the combination of temperature difference, Tbulk Twall, and
dC
(2) the gradient of the solubility curve at the wall temperature, , by
dT T
wall
88 Wax Deposition
Equation 4.16. In this case, it is assumed that all the supersaturated wax mol-
ecules precipitated instantaneously in the oil:
dC Tbulk Twall
J A = Dwax (4.16)
dT T thermal
wall
In Equation 4.17, thermal represents the thickness of the layer where the
decrease in temperature can be assumed to be linear. Using a similar deri-
vation to the diffusion-equivalent layer shown previously, thermal can be
referred to as the conduction-equivalent layer. Analogous to Equation
4.15, thermal is equal to the pipe diameter divided by the Nusselt number, as
shown in the following equation:
d pipe
thermal = (4.17)
Nu
Similar to the clarification made previously, one would like to point out
the fact that this conduction-equivalent layer should not be mistaken as the
thermal boundary layer, as the thermal boundary layer often refers to the
layer where the temperature experiences a 99% decrease.
Comparing Equations 4.15 and 4.17, it can be seen that the conversion from
the diffusion-equivalent layer to the conduction-equivalent layer is merely
the ratio between the Sherwood number and the Nusselt number, as shown
in the following equation:
thermal Sh
= (4.18)
mass Nu
Using the correlation of Dittus and Boelter (1985) and the Chilton
Colburn analogy between heat and mass transfer in turbulent flows
(Chilton & Colburn, 1934), the Sherwood and Nusselt numbers can be
replaced by the Reynolds number, the Schmidt number (for mass trans-
fer), or the Prandtl number (for heat transfer), as shown in the following
equations:
Nu = 0.023Re0.8Pr0.3 (4.19)
Sh = 0.023Re0.8Sc0.3 (4.20)
Combining Equations 4.18 through 4.20, it is seen that the conversion from
the conduction-equivalent layer thickness to the diffusion-equivalent layer
thickness can be simply made via the Lewis number, which depends only on
the properties of the oil:
0.3
thermal Sh Sc koil
= = = Le0.3 = (4.21)
mass Nu Pr oilCp Dwax
Again, for the diffusion-equivalent layer, there is no precipitation in the

boundary layer (complete supersaturation), and the conduction-equivalent
layer represents absolute thermodynamic equilibrium (instantaneous pre
cipitation). Since the reality would most likely fall between these two
extremes, most wax deposition models have both configurations (the use of
the conduction-equivalent layer and the diffusion-equivalent layer) avail-
able for users to establish the magnitude of uncertainties using these two
assumptions (Hernandez et al., 2003; Edmonds et al., 2007). For the MWP,
the use of a precipitation rate constant, kprecipitation, in Equation 4.13 allows one
to quantitatively express the effect of kinetic precipitation (a middle ground
between these two extremes) on wax deposition. When kprecipitation (rapid
precipitation in the boundary layer), it resembles the approach of using the
conduction-equivalent layer; when kprecipitation 0 (slow precipitation), it
resembles the approach of the diffusion-equivalent boundary layer. Because
the precipitated wax particles in the oil flow do not tend to adhere to the
wall to form wax deposits, and it is the diffusion of the dissolved molecules
of the waxy components toward the wall that contributes to the growth of
wax deposits, a higher rate of wax precipitation in the bulk would actually
reduce the amount of dissolved waxy components available for deposition.
Consequently, as kprecipitation increases, the deposition rate actually decreases.
The actual value of kprecipitation is often benchmarked through laboratory depo-
sition experiments before application to the field (Huang, Lee et al., 2011). A
model prediction with different values of kprecipitation is shown previously in
Figure 4.13.
Finally, it should be noted that the diffusion-equivalent layer and the
conduction-equivalent layer should not be confused with the laminar sub-
layer of the flow, as it seems to be the case in certain industrial wax depo-
sition models (Rygg et al., 1998; Lindeloff & Krejbjerg, 2002). The concept
of laminar sublayer is used in hydrodynamics (rather than heat and mass
transfer) for turbulent flow representing the region near the pipe wall, where
the flow exhibits laminar behavior (in terms of fluid mechanics, the region
with a dimensionless radial distance from the wall, y+ < 5). This concept is
physically irrelevant to the conduction-equivalent layer and the diffusion-
equivalent layer, and it should not be used to determine the mass flux for
wax deposition modeling. Wax models that use the laminar sublayer thick-
ness usually have to apply an adjustment multiplier in an attempt to address
this issue.
90 Wax Deposition
4.5Summary
In this chapter, various aspects of wax deposition modeling are introduced,
and we start with the mechanism of wax deposition. Despite multiple mecha-
nisms proposed in the 1980s, it is now generally believed that molecular diffu-
sion is the primary mechanism for wax deposition. Based on this mechanism,
wax particles that precipitated in oil do not adhere to the wall and form a
deposit. Instead, wax deposition is mainly caused by the radial diffusion of
dissolved molecules of waxy components in the oil boundary layer toward the
wall (or toward the deposit surface once a layer of deposit has formed). After
the arrival of these dissolved waxy components at the deposit surface, they
can either precipitate on the surface (resulting in the further increase in the
deposit thickness) or continue to diffuse into the deposit and eventually pre-
cipitate to form a network structure (leading to the hardening of the deposit).
The mechanism of molecular diffusion has been widely used in many indus-
trial and academic wax deposition models. These models utilize the input of
operating conditions as well as the oil properties. Among these oil properties,
the most important parameter is the wax precipitation curve, which is often
obtained from the output of a wax thermodynamic model. With these two
pieces of information, a wax deposition model predicts the rate of the deposi-
tion on a pipe wall by performing the following transport calculations:
Hydraulic and heat transfer calculations

Mass transfer calculations and the application of the molecular dif-
fusion mechanism
Most of the wax deposition models apply empirical correlations for trans-
port calculations. While different wax deposition models apply various
transport correlations, the main goal among these models is too similar,
which is to determine the radial mass flux of wax molecules, JA.
Coil Cwall C (T ) Cwall (Twall )

Dwax = Dwax oil oil
mass transfer diffusion
dC
J A = Dwax = or (4.22)
dr
dC dT dC Toil Twall
Dwax = Dwax
dT dr dT conduction
The key parameters in the mass flux, JA include the diffusivity of wax in
oil, the concentration difference, as well as the mass transfer thickness. Due
to the uncertainties associated with these parameters, wax deposition mod-
els are often benchmarked to identify the optimum model configurations for
field predictions.
5
Introduction to Wax Deposition Experiments
5.1Importance of Experimental Applications

The ultimate goal of wax deposition modeling is to provide predictions on
the possibility and severity of wax deposition in field pipelines in order to
establish effective prevention and remediation strategies. However, due to
the many simplifications made in wax models, it has become a standard
industrial practice to benchmark the wax deposition models with lab-scale or
pilot-scale wax deposition experiments prior to their application in the field.
Compared to wax deposition in the field, lab-scale wax deposition experi-
ments are often carried out in a better controlled environment with more
convenient measurement and characterization techniques. Well-designed
and -executed wax deposition experiments not only serve as base cases for
model benchmarking but also can provide important information for wax
deposition theoretical research and development.
5.2Wax Deposition Flow Loop

Although arguably the most expensive wax deposition apparatus, a flow
loop is often considered the best experimental tool for benchmarking wax
deposition models (Creek, Lund, Brill, & Volk, 1999; Hernandez, 2002;
Hoffmann & Amundsen, 2010). The flow field in a flow loop is similar to that
in field pipelines, and thus the scale-up from flow loop tends to be more reli-
able than that from other deposition apparatus. A flow loop includes several
main components: conditioning system, pumping system, test section, and
deposit characterization devices. An example is shown in Figure 5.1.
5.2.1Conditioning System and Pump System

A storage tank is used to contain the testing waxy oil, and the pumps are used
to circulate the oil as well as the coolant during the experiments. During the
91
92 Wax Deposition
Heat
Oil storage tank Pump exchanger
Inlet
temperature
+ measurement

Test section
Differential
Coolant dp pressure
Heating storage tank
measurement
Removable
section
Flow
Pump (optional)
meter
Heat +
exchanger Outlet
temperature
measurement
FIGURE 5.1
Schematic of a typical flow-loop wax deposition apparatus.
course of wax deposition, the concentration of the waxy components in the

oil decreases as wax deposits in the test section. Therefore, in order to main-
tain a consistent wax content in the fluid, the volume of the oil storage tank
should be sufficient so that the impact of depletion is negligible, as shown
in Figure 5.2. An example of quantifying the effect of wax deposition and
estimating the appropriate size for the storage tank can be found from the
Oil storage tank

Test section
Mass of wax in Mass of wax deposits

>>
the storage tank on pipe wall
Heating
FIGURE 5.2
Principles of estimating the depletion effect to determine the appropriate size of the oil storage
tank for wax deposition experiments.
Introduction to Wax Deposition Experiments 93
studies of Singh, Venkatesan, Fogler, and Nagarajan (2000) and Hoffmann

and Amundsen (2010).
Prior to wax deposition tests, the storage tank oil needs to be homogenized
to ensure that the composition of the oil being circulated is representative
of the oil that is taken from the field. This goal can be achieved by heating
the storage tank oil to well above its wax appearance temperature and at the
same time agitating the storage tank oil with a stirring device.
The selection of the oil pumps should be based on the desired Reynolds
number (Re) for the oil flow in the deposition experiments. A flow meter is
installed in the oil pipe to measure the oil flow rate of the fluid. In order to
select the appropriate pump for the coolant, heat transfer calculations should
be carried out a priori in order to determine the coolant flow rate that is nec-
essary to achieve the desired wall temperatures.
5.2.2Test Section
The test section is the most important part of a flow loop where wax deposition
is designed to take place. In the test section, oil is cooled by a cooling annulus.
Water is often selected as the coolant due to its high heat capacity (Hoffmann &
Amundsen, 2010). In some other studies, water is mixed with glycol to decrease
its freezing point in order to increase its cooling capacity (Hernandez, 2002). The
inlet temperature of the coolant is often controlled by a chiller.
A flow development section should be placed upstream of the test sec-
tion to allow the velocity profile to be fully developed. During the course
of wax deposition, the differential pressure across the test section increases
due to wax depositing on the wall and thereby decreasing the effective pipe
diameter. The effective diameter can be calculated from the pressure drop,
which can be measured with differential pressure transducers/transmitters
installed at the inlet and outlet of the test section.
Complications arise for the temperature characterization in the test sec-
tion. Temperature measurements within the test section are usually not as
satisfactory because the measuring device, such as a thermal couple, is likely
to interfere with the oil flow field as well as having wax depositing on its sur-
face, which greatly compromises its accuracy. Therefore, thermal couples are
usually installed upstream of the test section inlet and downstream of the
test section outlet to monitor the bulk temperature of the oil and the coolant.
It would be ideal to be able to measure the temperature at the inner pipe
wall or deposit surface because this temperature represents the local temper-
ature condition under which wax deposition occurs. However, the tempera-
ture close to a solid surface varies greatly within the boundary layer adjacent
to the surface (an example is highlighted in Figure 5.3). The thickness of the
boundary layer is typically less than 1 mm. Consequently, if the probe of a
thermal couple is not placed exactly at the inner wall surface, the boundary
layer of the flow can be interrupted, and the wall temperature might not be
correctly measured.
94 Wax Deposition
Flow centerline
Bulk temperature: 20C
Wall temperature: 12C
Re ~13,600
Pr ~32
Flow direction
Boundary layer
~0.3 mm
Wall
Temperature (C)
10. 12. 14. 16. 18. 20.
FIGURE 5.3
An example of the thickness of the boundary layer in normal turbulent pipe flow conditions.
5.3Deposit Characterization
At the end of a flow-loop wax deposition experiment, a layer of wax deposit
is formed on the inner pipe wall surface. The characterization of the deposit
should be carefully carried out, as the measurement results often provide
critical information for theoretical validation and model bench-marking.
Two parameters are usually measured: the thickness of the deposit and the
composition of the waxy components in the deposit. In this section we will
discuss different methods for these investigations.
5.3.1Measurement of the Deposit Thickness

For the past few decades, numerous techniques have been developed to mea-
sure the thickness of the wax deposit. Some of these techniques have been
used in many experimental studies, while others still remain at development
stage and are to be optimized before they can be used extensively. These
techniques will be discussed in detail in this section.
5.3.1.1 Pressure-Drop Technique

The most common approach is the pressure-drop method because it can be car-
ried with minimum interference to the oil flow throughout the course of a depo-
sition experiment, because the pressure transducers are installed at the inlet and
outlet of the test section. In this method, an empirical hydraulic correlation is often
used to determine the effective diameter of the pipe and the deposit thickness.
An example for single-phase oil flow is the Haaland correlation (Haaland,1983),
which was used in the deposition study of Hoffmann and Amundsen (2010).
This correlation to calculate the effective pipe diameter is shown by
2
1.11
pipe 6.9
fDarcy = 1.8 log 10 + ( 4000 < Re < 108 ) (5.1)
3.7 dpipe Re
In this correlation, f Darcy is the Darcy friction factor. It can be converted to

the pressure drop across a horizontal pipe via the following (Wilkes, 2005):
2
8 fDarcy oil LpipeQoil
Ppipe = (5.2)
5
2 dpipe
It can be seen from Equation 5.1 that the friction factor and the pressure
drop depend on the roughness of the pipe, pipe, and the Reynolds number of
the flow, which are often associated with a degree of uncertainties.
Several caveats should be noted when using this correlation. First, as the
wax deposit forms a layer of coverage on the pipe wall, the roughness of the
deposit surface instead of that of the pipe should be used in Equation 5.1.
However, the surface morphology of the deposit surface depends on mul-
tiple factors, including the composition of the waxy components as well as
the operating conditions. Therefore, the roughness of the deposit varies from
test to test. Based on the above Haaland correlation, the impact of the rough-
ness is shown in Figure 5.4. The y-axis represents the ratio between the two
10,000
1000 Steel pipe

surface
roughness
1.11
100
pipe 6.9 Re = 2 106
/
3.7dpipe Re
10
Re = 2 105
1
Deposit
Re = 2 104 thickness as
roughness
0.1
1.E-03 1.E-02 1.E-01
Relative pipe roughness, pipe/dpipe
FIGURE 5.4
Contribution of friction pipe roughness on the friction factor at different values of Re.
96 Wax Deposition
terms inside the bracket on the right-hand side of Equation 5.1. This ratio
reflects the impact of the roughness on the friction factor. It can be seen
that such impact increases with increasing Reynolds number. For exam-
ple, based on a 2-in. steel pipe for laboratory wax deposition experiments,
the roughness of the bare pipe surface is approximately 50 m. This value
corresponds to a relative roughness (pipe/dpipe) of 2 10 3. As shown in
the dash line on the left of Figure 5.4, the ratio for a Reynolds number of
20,000 is less than 1, indicating that the friction factor (and thus the pres-
sure drop) does not significantly depend on the roughness at this range.
On the other extreme, the conclusion would be quite different if one
prefers to use the thickness of the deposit as the pipeline roughness in
this correlation, as was the approach in the study of Noville and Naveira
(2012). In this case, the value of the roughness parameter can be up to a
few millimeters. This value corresponds to a relative roughness of around
0.07 and is highlighted in the dash line on the right of Figure 5.4. The cor-
responding ratio for the same Reynolds number (20,000) is more than 50,
indicating that the parameter of roughness has a significant influence on
the pressure drop. In this case, as the thickness of the deposit is used as
the roughness of the pipe, the pressure drop can be rather sensitive to the
thickness of the deposit. Intuitively, the approach of using the deposit
thickness as the pipeline roughness for the pressure dropdiameter cor-
relation should be used only when the wax deposits are not expected to
have complete coverage of the test section (for example, in some of the
multiphase flow conditions where the oil does not have contact with part
of the pipe wall).
For wax deposition experiments in single-phase oil flow where the depos-
its form a complete coverage in the test section, Hoffmann and Amundsen
(2010) developed a technique that introduced short-term variations in the
flow rate to estimate the roughness of the wax deposit surface at different
operating conditions, and a range of 540 m was reported.
The second parameter that is often associated with uncertainty is the
viscosity of the oil, which is often used to determine the Reynolds num-
ber of the flow. Most of the available friction factor correlations are devel-
oped based on Newtonian fluid, where the viscosity used in determining
the Reynolds number is independent of shear rates. However, the precipi-
tated wax crystal in the oil flow can cause non-Newtonian behavior in the
flow. For non-Newtonian flow, the viscosity depends on the shear rate in the
flow field and thus is dependent on the oil flow rate. In addition, for a wax
deposition experiment with a certain oil flow rate, the variation in the oil
viscosity in the radial direction needs to be accounted for, as the shear rate
greatly changes radially in the flow field. Therefore, methods such as mul-
tidimensional computational fluid dynamics are needed to incorporate the
rheological characteristics of the non-Newtonian flow into the 2-D (axial and
radial) momentum equation to evaluate the pressure drop across the test sec-
tion in order to eventually determine the deposit thickness (Crochet, Davies,
& Walters, 1991). Given the complexity of flow in multidimensions, a rigor-

ous empirical 1-D pressure-drop correlation does not appear to be feasible
to describe the friction factor for non-Newtonian flow. Therefore, it is often
preferred to compare the deposit thickness measured by the pressure drop
with other methods (for example, weight measurements) to understand the
range of the uncertainties.
For wax deposition experiments in multiphase flow, the fluid mechanics
greatly depends on the flow patterns (stratified, annular, slug, or dispersed
flow). In many cases, the flow is non-axisymmetric, and the deposit might
not form uniformly on the pipe wall (for example, during gasoil stratified
flow conditions), and therefore, 1-D hydraulic correlations for multiphase
flow would suffer too much uncertainty to be used to accurately measure
the deposit thickness.
5.3.1.2 Weight Measurement Technique

For a test section that is equipped with a removable pipe, the weight of the
deposit formed on this pipe can be obtained by measuring and comparing
the weights of this pipe before and after the experiment. At the end of a
wax deposition experiment, a thin layer of residual oil is often found on the
deposit surface. In this case, nitrogen is commonly used to purge the pipe to
remove the residual oil in order to establish correct weight measurements.
Removing the residual oil is also important for the procedure of deposit sam-
pling for further composition analysis.
To convert the weight of the deposit to the thickness of the deposit, the
density of wax needs to be characterized. Hoffmann and Amundsen (2010)
achieved this goal by scraping a deposit sample off the removable spool piece
and placing the sample in a gas displacement pycnometer. This pycnometer
uses gas as a displacement agent of which the equation of state is well estab-
lished and calibrated. A small sample of the wax deposit (not the entire wax
deposit in the removable pipe) with known weight is displaced with gas to
determine its volume. The density of this small sample of wax deposit can
thus be calculated. With this value of deposit density, the volume of the wax
deposit in the entire removable pipe can then be calculated. The density of
the deposit is often found to be slightly higher than that of the oil due to the
shrinkage that occurs during its formation on the wall (Lee, 2008).
5.3.1.3 Heat Transfer Technique

The heat transfer technique utilizes the insulating effect of the wax deposit.
The wax deposit accumulating on the pipe wall during the course of a wax
deposition experiment acts as an additional insulation to the pipe, reduc-
ing the heat loss of the oil to the coolant. This reduction in the heat loss can
be seen in the increase in the oil outlet temperature (Hernandez, 2002). The
energy balance equations used to determine the thickness of the wax deposit
98 Wax Deposition
are shown in Equations 5.3 through 5.5, and a schematic of an example in

countercurrent flow is shown in Figure 5.5:
Qthermal = oilCp (Toil,inlet Toil,outlet) = UoveralldouterLpipeTlm (5.3)
(Toil,inlet Tcoolant,inlet ) (Toil,outlet Tcoolant,outlet )

for cocurrent flow
Toil,inlet Tcoolant,inlet
ln
Toil,outlet Tcoolant,outlet
Tlm =

(Toil,inlet Tcoolant,outlet ) (Toil,outlet Tcoolant,inlet )
for countercurrent flow
T Tcoolant,outlet
ln oil,inlet
Toil,outlet Tcoolant,inlet
(5.4)
1 douter 1 d d
= + outer ln outer
U overall deffective inner hinternal 2 k pipe dinner
(5.5)
d dinner 1
+ outer ln +
2 kdeposit deffective inner hcoolant
It can be seen from Equation 5.5 that the overall heat transfer resistance,
1/Uoverall, represents the summation of each thermal resistance in the radial
direction (the oil phase, the deposit, the pipe wall, and the coolant). The ther-
douter 1
mal resistance of the oil phase, , depends on the heat transfer
deffective inner hoil
Toil,inlet Pipe centerline Toil,outlet
Oil
deffective inner
Heat loss dinner
douter
Deposit
Q
Pipe wall
Coolant
Tcoolant,inlet Tcoolant,outlet
Annulus centerline
FIGURE 5.5
Schematic of radial heat transfer during the course of wax deposition.
coefficient in the oil phase, hoil, which can be obtained by empirical correla-
tions such as the Sieder and Tate correlation for turbulent flow:
0.14
koil koil
hoil = Nu oil = 0.027 Re0.8 Pr 1/3 centerline
deffective inner deffective inner Tdeposit interface
0.7 < Pr < 16, 700

(5.6)
Re > 10, 000
Lpipe
> 10
deffective inner
0.14
Tcenterline
It can be seen that a viscosity ratio, , is used to account for
Tdeposit interface
the effect of nonuniform radial viscosity due to radial heat transfer. The vis-
cosity of oil at the oildeposit interface can be difficult to determine. In some
cases, the viscosity ratio is assumed to be unity (Lund, 1998). The thermal
1
resistance of the coolant phase, , can be determined in a similar way
hcoolant
by calculating the heat transfer coefficient of the coolant side using empirical
correlations.
The other two thermal resistances are from the deposit layer and from the
pipe wall, and their values depend on the parameters related to the size and
the thermal properties of the deposit and the pipe wall. Among these param-
eters, the effective diameter of the oil flow is directly related to the thickness
of the deposit, as shown in Equation 5.7. Consequently, by solving Equation
5.6 for the effective diameter of the oil flow, defective inner, the deposit thickness
can be simply determined:
deposit = dinner defective inner (5.7)
It should be noted that the heat transfer method suffers from a few disad-
vantages: First, for a laboratory-scale test section that is on the range from a
few meters to tens of meters, the difference in the temperatures between the
inlet and the outlet might not be significant. In this case, the uncertainty in
the thermal couple measurements can greatly compromise the accuracy of the
deposit thickness. In addition, the thermal conductivity of the deposit must be
known a priori for this measurement. However, the deposit represents a mix-
ture of liquid oil and wax crystals, and the wax crystal can have a thermal con-
ductivity that is 50%100% greater than that of the oil (Singh, 2000). Therefore,
the thermal conductivity of the deposit greatly depends on the oil fraction of
the deposit, which is not possible to determine during a wax deposition exper-
iment. Even after a wax deposition experiment, challenges still exist where the
100 Wax Deposition
oil fraction could change due to the change in temperature during the transfer
of the deposit from the pipe to the measuring device. Consequently, the heat
transfer method is not widely used to determine the deposit thickness.
5.3.1.4 Liquid DisplacementLevel Detection Technique

The liquid displacementlevel detection technique was developed by the
University of Tulsa (Lund, 1998) and was used extensively during wax depo-
sition experiments in the 2000s (Alana, 2003; Couto, 2004; Hernandez, 2002;
Lund, 1998; Matzain, 1997). This technique determines the volume of the
wax deposit by measuring the change in the volume of a removable pipe sec-
tion before and after wax deposition. The measurement of the volume of the
removable section after wax deposition is carried out by displacing water or
other agents in the removable pipe section. The limitation of this technique
comes when it is used to measure the thickness of soft or thin wax deposits,
as this method is based on the subtraction of two large volumes (the volumes
of the pipe before and after wax deposition). For thin deposits, the residual
oil layer on top of the deposit can further increase the error of measurement.
For soft deposits, part of the deposit can be removed during the measure-
ment and thus is not accounted for.
5.3.1.5 Other Less Frequently Applied Techniques

5.3.1.5.1 Laser Technique
Hoffmann and Amundsen (2010) applied laser-based optical measurements
of the wax deposit thickness in their single-phase and multiphase flow
experiments. After a wax deposition experiment, a laser source was placed
at the center of the pipe, which created a circular projection along the surface
of the wax deposit, as shown in Figure 5.6. A camera was used to record
this projected image and projections with the maximum light intensity cor-
responding to the radial location of the surface of wax deposit, based on a
cylindrical coordinate with the center of the pipe as the origin. In this study,
the measurements using the laser technique were compared with those
Pipe wall
Laser source 360 mirror Camera
Mechanical support
FIGURE 5.6
Schematic of the laser technique for deposit thickness measurement. (Reprinted with per-
mission from Hoffmann, R., & Amundsen, L., Energy & Fuels, 24, 10691080. Copyright 2010
American Chemical Society.)
using the pressure-drop technique and weight technique, and the laser tech-
nique showed satisfactory agreement and consistency with other methods.
However, due to interference with the flow field and device stability issues,
this method can only be performed after the wax deposition experiment is
completed and thus can only measure the final thickness of the wax deposit.
5.3.1.5.2 Acoustic Measurements

Acoustic measurements can be used to determine the thickness of the wax
deposit by characterizing the change in the properties of the acoustic waves
passing through the pipe. This method has the advantage that the measuring
devices can be mounted on the external surface of the pipe wall, thereby cir-
cumventing the interference to the pipe flow. Consequently, this method can
potentially provide continuous measurement of the deposit thickness during
the course of wax deposition. Previous studies of using acoustic measure-
ments include those by Esbensen et al. (1998), Lund (1998), and Halstensen,
Arvoh, Amundsen, and Hoffmann (2013) in an attempt to determine the
thickness of the wax deposit. However, it was reported that this method still
has not been proven to have reliable consistency on the measurement, and it
still remains to be further developed (Halstensen et al., 2013).
5.3.2Composition Analysis of the Wax Deposit

During the course of wax deposition, the radial diffusion of the paraffin mol-
ecules causes their enrichment in the wax deposit. Consequently, the com-
position of the deposit provides an important parameter to characterize the
degree of molecular diffusion for different waxy components. Singh et al.
(2000) carried out one of the pioneering works to investigate the composition
of the wax deposit with high-temperature gas chromatography (HTGC). It
was found that there exists a threshold in the carbon number of the n-par-
affins, termed as the critical carbon number (CCN). The n-paraffins with a
carbon number above the CCN become enriched in the deposit during the
course of wax deposition, while the n-paraffins with a carbon number below
the CCN become depleted in the deposit. In this case, the change in the frac-
tion of the waxy component n-CiH2i+2 in the deposit (Fi(t) Fi(0)) was calcu-
lated and is shown in Figure 5.7.
Hoffmann and Amundsen (2010) further showed that the CCN greatly
depends on the oil composition as well as the operating conditions, as shown
in Figure 5.7. The solubility of n-paraffins generally decreases as their carbon
number increases. In other words, when the temperature decreases, heavier
n-paraffins tend to precipitate earlier than lighter n-paraffins and thus more
easily become enriched in the wax deposit. This difference in solubility of
different n-paraffins explains the shift of the CCN shown in Figure 5.8.
The information of carbon number distribution in the wax deposits can
provide critical information for wax deposition modeling, as will be shown
in detail in Section 6.5.
102 Wax Deposition
0.025 2h
12 h
1 day
0.015 2 days
3 days
C16C20
5 days
C15
0.005
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
Fi(t) Fi(0)
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
0.005
Carbon number
0.015
0.025
0.035
FIGURE 5.7
Enrichment of heavy waxy components during the course of wax deposition discovered in the
study of Singh et al. (2000). (Singh, P., Venkatesan, R., Fogler, H. S., & Nagarajan, N.: Formation
and aging of incipient thin film wax-oil gels. AIChE Journal. 2000. 46. 10591074. Copyright
Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. Reproduced with permission.)
6
Fluid
Deposit with Twall = 7.5C
5 Deposit with Twall = 12.5C
Deposit with Twall = 17.5C
4
Increase in the critical
carbon number with
Weight %
increasing wall temperature

3
0
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Carbon number
FIGURE 5.8
Increase in the CCN in the wax deposit for deposition experiments with increasing wall tem-
perature. (Reprinted with permission from Hoffmann, R., & Amundsen, L., Energy & Fuels, 24,
10691080. Copyright 2010 American Chemical Society.)
5.4Cold-Finger Wax Deposition Apparatus

Flow-loop deposition facilities are expensive to construct and operate. On the
other hand, cold-finger wax deposition apparatus is less costly and requires
a smaller volume of oil for testing. Many cold-finger apparatuses have fre-
quently been used for the purpose of screening and selection of chemical
additives (Jennings & Weispfennig, 2005).
A schematic example of two main components of a cold-finger deposition
apparatus, i.e., the deposition cell and the circulation system, is shown in Figure
5.9. The deposition cell includes a metal cylinder that is usually referred to as
the cold-finger probe. Conduits are made inside the probe for cold fluids (glycol
or water) to circulate in order to maintain the probe at low temperatures, so
that wax will deposit on its outer surface. During the course of a wax deposi-
tion experiment, the probe is placed inside an oil container. The container is
often equipped with a stirrer to introduce shear to the system. The flow field
of the cold finger is mainly TaylorCouette type (azimuthal flow between two
cylinders) with a certain degree of axial circulation. This type of flow is quite
different from normal pipe flow at the field (Senra, 2009). Similar to deposition
experiments in flow loop, residual oil can adhere to the deposit formed on the
cold finger. In order to remove the residual oil, the cold finger with the deposit
on the probe is dipped in methyl ethyl ketone to wash away the residual oil from
the surface. To increase the efficiency of the experiment, several deposition cells
can be placed inside a large heating bath so that multiple cold-finger experi-
ments with different probe (cold finger) temperature can be carried out at the
same time (Couto, 2004). The circulation system includes a heating system and
Chiller
TC
TC
Water bath
Heater
FIGURE 5.9
Schematic of the cold-finger wax deposition apparatus.
104 Wax Deposition
Multipoint High pressure

rw thermocouples flow control valves
rs
Shear cell
Mechanical
L mounting
stand
Variable speed
DC motor
FIGURE 5.10
Schematic of the organic solid deposition cell in the study of Akbarzadeh and Zougari (2008).
(Reprinted with permission from Akbarzadeh, K., & Zougari, M., Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry Research, 47, 953963. Copyright 2008 American Chemical Society.)
a cooling system. Temperature measurements are often used to maintain the

thermal gradient between the oil and the cold-finger probe. A variation of the
cold-finger deposition apparatus is the organic solids deposition cell where a
rotating probe is used instead of a stirrer (Akbarzadeh & Zougari, 2008). In this
case, the probe, often referred to as a spindle, extends to the bottom of the oil
container, as shown in Figure 5.10. One of the disadvantages of the nonflow-loop
devices is wax depletion of the oil, which refers to the reduced deposition ten-
dency during the course of deposition due to the decrease in the bulk concentra-
tion of the waxy components. The impact of wax depletion can be significant if
the oil being tested has low wax content. In addition, because the flow field in
these devices is significantly different from that of the pipe, it has not been used
extensively for wax deposition modeling applications.
5.5Carrying Out Flow-Loop Wax Deposition Experiments

In this section we would like to provide a brief introduction of a general
wax deposition experimental procedure. Detailed descriptions of setting up
a flow-loop wax deposition experiment, several examples can be found in the
studies of Matzain (1997), Lund (1998), Singh et al. (2000), Hernandez (2002),
Alana (2003), Couto (2004) and Hoffmann and Amundsen (2010).
5.5.1Setup of Experimental Apparatus

Prior to testing, the flow loop should be tested for leakage. The flow meters,
the pressure transducer, and the thermal couples should also be calibrated to
ensure that the measurements are reliable.
5.5.2Oil Characterization
The properties of oil are of great importance to comprehend the wax depo
sition testing results. Consequently, the oil should be well characterized.
The composition of the oil (especially the n-paraffin distribution) should be
measured, and wax precipitation tests should be carried out (detailed wax
thermodynamic characterizations and modeling are introduced in Chapters
2 and 3, respectively). The viscosity of the oil should be measured at dif
ferentshear rates and temperatures to assess the potential non-Newtonian
behavior that might be caused by the precipitated wax crystals. These pre
deposition characterizations provide essential information on waxoil thermo
dynamics and are an integral part to benchmarking wax deposition models
with the deposition experiments.
5.5.3Wax Deposition Tests

Before the deposition experiment, the oil is heated to a temperature well
above the WAT and circulated in the entire flow loop for an extended period
of time to remove wax deposits in the test section from previous experiments.
The temperatures of the oil and the coolant are to be decreased to the desired
operating conditions. The decrease in the oil and the coolant temperature
should be carefully designed in order to avoid the formation of wax deposits
before the oil temperature reaches the target value. During the course of a
wax deposition, the deposit growth is monitored by measuring the pressure
drop across the test section.
5.5.4Measurement of Deposit Thickness and

Characterization of Wax Deposits
At the end of the wax deposition experiment, the flow is stopped, and the
wax deposit ceases to grow. Most of the flow-loop apparatuses consist of a
removable section where further deposit characterization can be made. The
surface of the deposit is often covered with a residual oil layer, which can
interfere with the deposit characterizations, and N2 is often used to flush to
the test section to remove this residual oil layer.
The deposit characterizations include thickness and compositional anal-
ysis. The thickness of the deposit can be measured with a caliper on the
deposit surface. In addition, the weight of the wax deposits can also be mea-
sured by comparing the weights of the removable section before and after
the experiment. The three methods of thickness measurements (caliper,
weight, and pressure drop) can be used in combination to identify the uncer-
tainties in the results. The composition of the wax deposits can be obtained
via the HTGC. Both the characterization of the amount and the composition
of the deposit provide important information for benchmarking wax deposi-
tion models.
106 Wax Deposition
5.6Summary
In Chapter 2, we discussed different experimental techniques to study wax
precipitation. In this chapter, we introduced several typical wax deposition
apparatuses and a general procedure to carry out flow-loop wax deposition
experiments. The information as well as the referenced studies in these two
chapters provide a comprehensive description on the various tools for those
who look forward to developing a laboratory facility or extending an exist-
ing laboratory to analyze wax precipitation/deposition. In Chapter 6, we will
discuss the results of a series of wax deposition experiments and reveal some
of the most influential parameters governing the physics of wax deposition
through an in-depth theoretical analysis on the experimental results.
6
Applying Wax Deposition Models
to Flow Loop Experiments
6.1Introduction
The goal of wax deposition modeling is to achieve rigorous and reliable pre-
dictions on the severity of wax deposition for the pipelines in the field. To
achieve this goal, developing a comprehensive understanding of the per-
formance and limitations of wax deposition models is essential. While field
data would be the ideal candidate to directly test the wax deposition models,
it is usually not available nor as well controlled and monitored.
Contrarily, laboratory wax deposition experiments are able to provide
unique opportunities to benchmark wax deposition models due to ease of
experimental design and characterization. The results from laboratory exper-
iments can often help us develop educated guesses for the pipelines in the
field. The process of applying wax deposition models to well-characterized
flow-loop experiments helps one select the most appropriate deposition
model, to understand the governing physics for the deposition phenomenon,
and to identify the optimum configuration of the adjustable parameters in a
wax deposition model. In this chapter, the process of conducting wax deposi-
tion experiments and the analyses of these experiments with wax deposition
models will be applied.
6.2Uncertainties in Wax Deposition Modeling

A wax deposition model provides the wax deposit thickness as a function
of time and, in some cases, the evolution of the composition of the deposit
during the course of wax deposition. Before using a wax deposition model to
run a number of simulations that predict the deposit thickness, it is benefi-
cial to understand the uncertainties associated with wax deposition model-
ing. Consequently, those uncertainties will now be identified and discussed.
107
108 Wax Deposition
6.2.1Characterizing the Wax Precipitation Curves

The wax precipitating curve is one of the most important input variables for
wax deposition modeling, as it contains information as to how much wax
remains in the oil at various temperature/pressure conditions, assuming
thermodynamic equilibrium. However, as previously discussed in detail
in Chapter 2, characterization of the wax precipitation curve is not always
perfect. For example, measurements from differential scanning calorimetry
(DSC) rely on a constant averaged value of the heat of crystallization for all
the waxy components. Because the waxy components with different carbon
numbers exhibit different precipitation characteristics with temperature, the
averaged value of the heat of crystallization might not be constant during the
cooling of the sample. In fact, as the values of the heat of crystallization vary
between 100 and 300 J/g (Hansen, Larsen, Pedersen, Nielsen, & Rnningsen,
1991), a middle point of 200 J/g is frequently selected for many academic and
industrial purposes (regardless of the actual composition of the oil sample)
as a simplification.
As an alternative to experimental measurements, thermodynamic mod-
els are often used to predict the wax precipitation curve based on a known
n-paraffin composition of the oil (as were discussed in detail in Chapter 3).
However, many of the models assume ideal solutions for the solid phase.
This assumption is generally not strictly correct. Even if one tunes the model
to match the wax appearance temperature (WAT; which represents the first
data point in the wax precipitation curve), there is no guarantee that the
entire wax precipitation curve (the amount of wax precipitation at tempera-
tures except the WAT) is predicted accurately.
6.2.2Empirical Correlations for Transport Phenomena

In addition to the wax precipitation curve, wax deposition models use trans-
port calculations to determine the degree of wax deposition on the pipe wall
during flow conditions. Most of the wax deposition models rely heavily on
empirical correlations for heat and mass transfer. For example, the heat trans-
fer coefficient for the oil in the pipe as well as the coolant in the annulus are
often obtained from the correlations of Sieder and Tate (1936) and Monrad
and Pelton (1942), respectively. These empirical correlations were developed
in the mid-1900s and are known to have a certain level of experimental uncer-
tainties due to the limitation in the measuring technology at the time.
Additionally, the use of empirical correlations for mass transfer is required
for the mass diffusivity for wax (also known as the wax diffusion coefficient).
This parameter is often determined by the correlations from the studies of
either Hayduk and Minhas (1982) or Wilke and Chang (1955). These correla-
tions were developed based on binary dilute solutions, and uncertainties can
arise when applying them to crude oils with polydispersed waxy compo-
nents and with much higher concentrations.
Applying Wax Deposition Models to Flow Loop Experiments 109
6.2.3Uncertainties in Experimental Measurements

One of the main outputs of a wax deposition model is the thickness of the wax
deposit, which is often compared with the values measured in an experiment.
The most frequently used experimental method for the deposit thickness is
through measuring the pressure drop in the pipe. With empirical hydrody-
namic correlations such as the one by Haaland (1983), the pressure drop in the
pipe can be used to determine the thickness of the deposit. These correlations
often greatly depend on the viscosity of the oil and the roughness of the wall.
The viscosity can be greatly complicated by the non-Newtonian behavior of
the oil, which is not accounted for in most of the correlations that have been
used to determine the deposit thickness. As discussed in detail in Chapter 5,
the roughness of the wall becomes complicated as the wall begins to become
covered with wax deposit during the course of wax deposition. The exact
roughness of the deposit surface has not been rigorously determined. While
some studies observed that the roughness of the deposit surface is around
540 m (Hoffmann & Amundsen, 2010), others believe that the thickness of
the deposit should be the roughness of the pipe (Noville & Naveira, 2012).
6.2.4Appropriate Methodology for Wax Deposition Benchmarking

The above uncertainties might have cast a pessimistic view on the use of
flow-loop experiments to benchmark wax deposition models. However, this
is generally true for most model validations: Fitting the numerical predictions
with only few sets of experimental data and without any sensitivity analysis should
probably be taken with a grain of salt.
Unfortunately for most industrial applications, time and cost can become
significant constraints for a project. In many circumstances, the approach
of tuning a wax deposition model using just one or two experiments and
lump all of the uncertainties into one or two adjustable parameters becomes
a convenient choice.
In fact, many industrial practices have not even applied laboratory bench-
marking for the deposition models. However, in order to evaluate and com-
pare the predictions from different wax deposition models, an understanding
of the governing physics and the identification of the key parameters for wax
deposition is necessary. The approach to fit a wax deposition model with
just one or two experimental results might not yield in-depth conclusions
that would be applicable for other cases with different oils and with differ-
ent operating conditions. Consequently, it would be beneficial to apply wax
deposition models to a series of flow-loop experiments with a wide range of
varying operating conditions to establish a systematic understanding as to
how the wax models can capture the physics represented by the experimen-
tal results. For many industrial practices, there might not always be sufficient
resources to carry out such a task. Consequently, examples of comprehensive
model validations will be discussed in detail in Sections 6.3 and 6.4.
110 Wax Deposition
A wax deposition experiment often provides two main results: the thick-
ness of the deposit as well as the composition of the wax deposit as a func-
tion of time. The thickness of the deposit is measured in nearly all of the wax
deposition experiments, and it is often selected as the variable to benchmark
wax deposition models. The composition of the deposit provides the most
valuable insights as to the diffusion of different waxy components during
the course of deposition. Unfortunately, it is not always measured and ana-
lyzed. The theoretical analysis on these two types of results will be discussed
extensively in the rest of this chapter.
6.3Applying Wax Deposition Models with Deposit Thickness

6.3.1Selecting Wax Deposition Experiments
This chapter will focus on a comprehensive series of flow-loop experiments
carried out in the Herya Research Center of Statoil ASA in Porsgrunn,
Norway (Hoffmann & Amundsen, 2010; Huang, Lu, Hoffmann, Amundsen,
& Fogler, 2011; Lu et al., 2012). This experimental facility, the oil used for the
experiments, as well as the testing conditions will now be introduced fol-
lowed by the discussion of the experimental results.
6.3.1.1 Experimental Facility

The flow loop is equipped with an oil storage tank of 4 m3 and a test sec-
tion with a length of 5.5 m and an inner diameter of 5.3 cm. The flow loop is
equipped with a pipe-in-pipe test section. The testing fluid flows through the
center of the test section, and the coolant (water) flows through the annulus
shell. A schematic of the flow-loop facility is shown in Figure 6.1.
6.3.1.2Test Oil
The oil used for the experiments is a waxy gas condensate from the North
Sea with a density of 809 kg/m3 and a WAT of 20C measured by DSC.
Measurements on the condensate using acetone precipitation (UOP 4664
method) revealed a wax content of approximately 4.5 wt%. The viscosity
of the oil was characterized at different shear rates using a Physica MCR
301rheometer, as shown in Figure 6.2.
The wax precipitation curve was measured by several methods, as
shown in Figure 6.3. The details of these methods were previously intro-
duced in Section 2.2. The method of characterization using centrifugation
and HTGC was previously reported by Han, Huang, Senra, Hoffmann, and
Fogler (2010). Another method utilizes the DSC based on an averaged value
of the heat of crystallization of 200 J/g. Considering that the actual heat
Tin,coolant Test section (5.5 m)

with water annulus
Tin,oil
Removable part of
the test section Oil
reservoir
(4 m3)
dp cell
Heat exchanger Pump
FIGURE 6.1
Schematic of the flow loop in Statoils Herya Research Center. (From Hoffmann, R., &
Amundsen, L. Energy & Fuels, 24, 10691080, 2010; Huang, Z. et al., Energy & Fuels, 25, 5180
5188, 2011.)
102
100 1/s
200 1/s
400 1/s
1000 1/s
2000 1/s
Viscosity (mPa s)
101
100
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 6.2
Viscosity curves of the North Sea condensate at different shear rates. (Reprinted with per-
mission from Hoffmann, R., & Amundsen, L. Energy & Fuels, 24, 10691080. Copyright 2010
of crystallization of the waxy components often lies between 300 and 100
J/g (Hansen et al., 1991), the methods of centrifugation + HTGC and DSC
appear to be consistent with one another.
6.3.1.3Experimental Conditions
Three series of wax deposition experiments were carried out: one series with
different oil temperatures, another with coolant temperatures, and the third
112 Wax Deposition
Precipitated wax (wt%) 2.5

DSC 200 J/g
2 Centrifugation + HTGC
1.5
0.5
0
0 10 20 30 40
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 6.3
The precipitation curve of the North Sea condensate characterized with different methods.
(Reprinted with permission from Han, S., Huang, Z., Senra, M., Hoffmann, R., & Fogler, H. S.
Energy & Fuels, 24, 17531761. Copyright 2010 American Chemical Society.)
one with different oil flow rates. The detailed configurations of these series
of experiments are summarized in Table 6.1.
The thickness of the wax deposit was determined by three methods: the
pressure-drop technique, the weight technique, and the laser technique. The
pressure-drop measurement was nonintrusive and was carried out contin-
uously during the course of wax deposition, while intrusive methods like
TABLE 6.1
Summary of the Series of Wax Deposition Experiments Carried Out in Statoils
Herya Research Center
Oil (Inlet) Coolant (Inlet)
Temperature Temperature Oil Flow Coolant Flow
(C) (C) Rate (m3/h) Rate (m3/h)
Varying oil 15 5 20 5
temperature 20
25
35
Varying coolant 20 5 5
temperature 10
15
Varying oil flow 20 10 5
rate 10
15
21
25
weight and laser measurements were carried out at the end of the experiment.
A comparison of these three methods is highlighted in Figure6.4, indicating
the consistency among these measurement techniques. The reproducibility
of the experiments is also confirmed by repeating one of the experimental
conditions listed in Table 6.1 four times (oil temperature: 20C; coolant tem-
perature: 10C; oil flow rate: 5 m3/h; and coolant flow rate: 5 m3/h), as shown
in Figure 6.5.
2.5
Pressure drop
Weight
Laser
2
Wax thickness (mm)
1.5
0.5
0
0 50 100 150 200
Time (h)
FIGURE 6.4
Comparison of the deposit thickness measured by different methods. (Reprinted with per-
mission from Hoffmann, R., & Amundsen, L. Energy & Fuels, 24, 10691080. Copyright 2010
2
Thickness (mm)
1 Oil inlet temperature: 20C

Coolant inlet temperature: 10C
Oil flow rate: 5 m3/h
Coolant flow rate: 5 m3/h
0
0 50 100 150 200
Time (h)
FIGURE 6.5
Reproducibility of the wax deposition experiments.
114 Wax Deposition
6.3.2Summary of Model Performance

A wax deposition model called the Michigan Wax Predictor (MWP) was
used to model the series of experiments shown in Table 6.1. The transport
equations for the MWP have been discussed previously in Chapter 4. Instead
of tuning the wax model to match each experiment, we chose to eliminate
any tuning parameter in the wax model and investigate if the model can
predict the trends shown in the experiments. The reason is that it is expected
that the experimental uncertainties could possibly impact the deposit thick-
ness in similar directions. Therefore, by looking at the experimental trends
3
Deposit thickness (mm)
2
Qoil = 5 m3/h
1 Qoil = 10 m3/h
Qoil = 15 m3/h
Qoil = 21 m3/h
Qoil = 25 m3/h
0
0 20 40 60 80
(a) Time (h)
3
Qoil = 5 m3/h
2 Qoil = 10 m3/h
Qoil = 15 m3/h
Qoil = 21 m3/h
Qoil = 25 m3/h
0
0 20 40 60 80
(b) Time (h)
FIGURE 6.6
Comparison of deposit thickness as a function of oil flow rate, Qoil, between (a) the experi-
mental results and (b) the model prediction by the MWP. The oil temperature, Toil, was main-
tained constant at 20C, and the coolant temperature Tcoolant, was maintained constant at 10C.
(Reprinted with permission from Lu, Y., Huang, Z., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., Fogler, H. S.,
& Sheng, Z. Energy & Fuels, 26, 40914097. Copyright 2012 American Chemical Society.)
shown from a group of experiments (rather than each individual experi-

ment), the impact of those uncertainties can be reduced. In this case, the
independent heat and mass transfer submodel was used (Huang, Lee, Senra,
& Fogler, 2011; Lee, 2008; Singh, Venkatesan, Fogler, & Nagarajan, 2000). The
model predictions are compared with the experimental measurements, as
shown from Figures 6.6 through 6.8.
It is seen that the MWP was able to reproduce all the changes in the deposit
thickness when the operating conditions (oil flow rate, oil temperature, and/
or coolant temperatures) change. The trends seen in the experiment and the
model predictions are summarized in Table 6.2.
3
1 Toil = 15C
Toil = 20C
Toil = 25C
Toil = 35C
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
(a) Time (h)
3
Toil = 15C
2
Toil = 20C
Toil = 25C
Toil = 35C
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
(b) Time (h)
FIGURE 6.7
Comparison of deposit thickness as a function of oil temperature, Toil, between (a) the experi-
mental results and (b) the model prediction by the MWP. The oil flow rate, Qoil, was maintained
constant at 20 m3/h, and the coolant temperature Tcoolant, was maintained constant at 5C.
(Reprinted with permission from Huang, Z., Lu, Y., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., & Fogler,
H.S. Energy & Fuels, 25, 51805188. Copyright 2011 American Chemical Society.)
116 Wax Deposition
3
Tcoolant = 5C
2
Tcoolant = 10C
1 Tcoolant = 15C
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
(a) Time (h)
3
Tcoolant = 5C
Tcoolant = 10C
2
Tcoolant = 15C
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
(b) Time (h)
FIGURE 6.8
Comparison of deposit thickness as a function of coolant temperature, Tcoolant, between (a) the
experimental results and (b) the model prediction by the MWP. The oil flow rate, Qoil, was
maintained constant at 5 m3/h, and the oil temperature Toil, was maintained constant at 20C
(Reprinted with permission from Huang, Z., Lu, Y., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., & Fogler,
H.S. Energy & Fuels, 25, 51805188. Copyright 2011 American Chemical Society.)
TABLE 6.2
Summary of the Experimental Trends and That Predicted by the MWP
Operating Conditions Experimental Trend MWP
Increased flow rate Decreased thickness Decreased thickness
Increased oil temperature Decreased thickness Decreased thickness
Increased coolant temperature Decreased thickness Decreased thickness
It should be noted that the MWP was not used to exactly match the value
of the thickness of the wax deposit for each individual experiment. It is
believed that it is neither practical nor would it provide significant insight
to reveal the physics of wax deposition by tweaking one or two adjustable
parameters to match all the experimental data, given the degree of uncer-
tainties associated with wax deposition modeling that has been discussed
in Section 6.2.3. However, the MWP was able to predict all the experimen-
tal trends, and the importance of this achievement cannot be overstated:
First, the change in the oil flow rate and in the oil temperature is essen-
tial for the model scale-up for field pipelines, as the oil flow rate in these
laboratory experiments ranges from 5 to 25 m3/h; while the flow rate in the
field pipelines often ranges from 10,000 to 30,000 barrels per day (bpd) (i.e.,
66200 m3/h). While the oil temperature remains virtually constant in the
5.5 m long test section for the laboratory flow-loop experiments, the actual
oil temperature in the field pipelines can change from a value above 70C
down to close to the ocean floor temperature of about 4C. Consequently,
being able to capture the correct direction of change in the wax deposit
thickness during the change in these operating conditions is critical to the
development of reliable predictions to the field. To the authors knowledge,
we know of no other wax deposition model that has been reported to have
this success. Because of this success, more in-depth heat and mass transfer
analysis will be presented in Section 6.4 to help reveal the most influen-
tial parameters for wax deposition based on the studies of Huang, Lu et al.
(2011) and Lu et al. (2012).
6.4Heat and Mass Transfer Analysis of the

Wax Deposition Experiments
In this section, the answers to an important question will be analyzed: What
are the elements that cause the changes in the wax deposit thickness when
the operating conditions change? In other words, given the experimental
trends presented previously in Table 6.2, does this trend hold for other oils in
completely different operating conditions? Consequently, it would be beneficial to
first review the trends shown in several other previous experimental studies.
6.4.1 Previous Wax Deposition Experiments

on the Effect of Temperature
Because wax deposition is a result of radial temperature difference, this dif-
ference has been referred to as the thermal driving force for wax deposi-
tion in several experimental studies (Bidmus & Mehrotra, 2009; Creek, Lund,
Brill, & Volk, 1999; Singh et al., 2000). In these studies, the thermal driving
118 Wax Deposition
force often refers to the temperature difference between the bulk oil and the
coolant. Wax deposition studies were often carried out with different ther-
mal driving forces. In the study by Jennings and Weispfennig (2005), a crude
oil from the Gulf of Mexico was used in a cold-finger wax deposition appa-
ratus. It was found that experiments with higher cold-finger temperatures
(smaller thermal driving force) yielded smaller amounts of deposited wax.
Creek et al. (1999) found similar results with a flow loop in which the deposit
thickness decreased when the coolant temperature increased (decreasing
thermal driving force). Consequently, it was often believed that the deposit
thickness would decrease when the thermal driving force decreases.
However, exceptions were, in fact, observed in other studies. In the cold-
finger study by Paso and Fogler (2004), it was observed that lower oil temper-
atures (a smaller thermal driving force) lead to thicker wax deposits. In the
study by Bidmus and Mehrotra (2009) using a mini flow loop, different trends
were observed: When the oil temperature is greater than the WAT (referred
to as hot flow), the amount of wax deposit decreases with increasing ther-
mal driving force. When the oil temperature is below the WAT (referred to as
cold flow), the amount of wax deposit decreases with decreasing thermal
driving force.
Given the many different experimental observations reported, it would
first appear that there is no established conclusion on the behavior of wax
deposition with varying temperatures. Indeed, with different oils and differ-
ent operating conditions, the observation in one set of experiments from one
oil sample might not necessarily be appropriate for another. However, the
fundamental heat and mass transfer equations for these experiments are the same or
rather similar, giving us some hope that the transport theories can be utilized
to identify a simple rule that can explain these different observations.
6.4.2Theoretical Analysis
In this section, an in-depth mass transfer analysis will be made to identify
the underlying physics that governs the behavior of wax deposition. To
achieve this goal, one of the classic approaches in transport phenomena
dimensionless analysiswill first be applied.
6.4.2.1Dedimensionalizing the Transport Equations

A schematic of the mass transfer characteristics in normal pipe flow condi-
tions is shown in Figure 6.9. The equation used in the MWP to describe this
process is shown in Equation 6.1 with the following boundary conditions
shown in Equation 6.2:
C 1 C
Vz = r( mass + Dwax ) (6.1)
z r r r
Centerline
Cinlet
Oil Concentration
profile Rinterface
Vz
Deposit Cinterface
deposit
Pipe wall
Coolant (water)
FIGURE 6.9
Schematic of the wax concentration profile at normal pipe flow conditions.
at z = 0, C = Cinlet
C
at r = 0, =0 (6.2)
r
at r = Rinterface , C = Cinterface
where C represents the concentration of the dissolved wax molecules in the

oil; Vz represents the axial velocity field of the oil flow in the pipe; mass is the
eddy mass diffusivity when the flow is turbulent; Dwax is the mass diffusiv-
ity of wax in oil (also known as the wax diffusion coefficient) of the wax
molecule in oil; and r and z are the two coordinates considered in the system.
It can be seen that Equation 6.1 represents a typical 2-D Graetz problem with
axial advection and radial diffusion.
With the dimensionless ratios shown in Equation 6.3, the mass balance
equation and its boundary conditions can be transformed into Equations 6.4
and 6.5:
C Cinterface V z r dd2U
= , v= , = , = , Gz = (6.3)
Cinlet Cinterface U L rd (
L mass + Dwo )
1 4
v = (6.4)
Gz
at = 0, = 1

at = 0, = 0 (6.5)

at = 1, = 0
120 Wax Deposition
It can be seen that the dimensionless concentration, , is independent of

Cinlet and Cinterface. This dimensionless form gives us the benefit to describe
the critical parameter for wax depositionthe radial mass flux of wax mol-
ecules (see JA in Equation 4.10 in Chapter 4), which can now be rearranged,
as shown in Equation 6.6:
dC C
J A = Dwax,interface = Dwax,interface
dr interface r interface
Dwax,interface (Cinlet Cinterface ) (6.6)

= = J wax
rd interface interface
Dwax,interface (Cinlet Cinterface )

J wax = (6.7)
rd
In this case, the radial mass flux JA can be seen as a multiplication of two
parameters: The first one, noted as Jwax, appears to have the same unit of a
mass flux and is called the characteristic mass flux for wax deposition, while

the second parameter, the dimensionless concentration gradient, ,
interface
depends mainly on the oil flow rate.
6.4.2.2Characteristic Mass Flux of Wax Deposition

The parameter of the characteristic mass flux of wax deposition, Jwax, has sig-
nificant physical representation: By analyzing this parameter, the impact of
temperature on wax deposition can be almost revealed completely.
From Equation 6.7, it can be seen that Jwax consists of two terms that are
dependent on temperature: the concentration difference (Cinlet Cinterface) and
the diffusivity of wax in oil at the interface, Dwax,interface. The first term con-
tains information about thermodynamic equilibrium, and the second one rep-
resents the transport characteristics of waxy components in oil. Consequently,
this arrangement in Equation 6.6 gives us the advantage to independently
quantify the influence of temperature on both of these two aspects. First, by
assuming thermodynamic equilibrium for the wax concentrations Cinlet and
Cinterface, the characteristic mass flux for wax deposition can be approximated
by the following equation:
Dwax,interface (Cinlet Cinterface ) Dwax,interface Cinlet (eq ) Cinterface (eq )

J wax = (6.8)
Rinterface Rinterface
In addition, the effect of the temperature on the diffusivity can be esti-

mated using the HaydukMinhas correlation (Hayduk & Minhas, 1982), as
shown by
1.47 ( 10.2/VA 0.791)

12
Tinterface deposit interface
Dwax,interface = 13.3 10 0.71
m 2 /s (6.9)
VA
Difficulties arise when one tries to evaluate Dwax,interface and Cinterface(eq)

because they depend on the interface temperature, Tinterface, which in turn
greatly depends on the predicted value of an existing deposit thickness.
Therefore, one needs to know the exact thickness of the deposit in order to
accurately determine both Cinterface(eq) and Dwax,interface. This hurdle can be
resolved by evaluating the values of Dwax,interface and Cinterface(eq) initially (at
t= 0) where deposition has not yet occurred. In this case, Cinterface(eq) simply
reduces to Cwall(eq), Dwax,interface reduces to Dwax,wall, and Rinterface becomes Rpipe,
as shown in the following equation:
Dwax,wall Cinlet (eq ) Cwall (eq )

J wax (t = 0) = (6.10)
Rpipe
Several parameters in Equation 6.10 depend on the temperature at the pipe

wall, which can be determined based on the energy balance equation in the
radial direction, as shown in Equation 6.11, along with well-established cor-
relations for the heat transfer coefficients. For example, the correlation of
Dittus and Boelter (1985) can be used to determine the heat transfer coef-
ficient of the oil, hoil, and the correlation of Monrad and Pelton (1942) can be
used to determine the heat transfer coefficient of the coolant, hcoolant:
hoil (Toil Twall) = hcoolant (Twall Tcoolant) (6.11)
Once we have Twall, we can accurately determine Cwall(eq) from the wax
solubility curve and Dwax,wall from the HaydukMinhas correlation (Hayduk
& Minhas,1982). It should be noted that in most of the lab-scale flow-loop
studies, no significant axial variation in the bulk concentration was observed
for the parameters due to the short length of the pipe in the flow-loop test
section. Therefore, Cinlet (eq) is referred to as Coil (eq) for subsequent quantita-
tive analyses.
6.4.2.3Mass Transfer Driving Force

Within the characteristic mass flux for wax deposition, the difference in the
concentrations between the bulk and the wall, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)], is referred
to as the mass transfer driving force in comparison of the thermal driving
force, [Toil Tcoolant]. In Section 6.4.3, both the mass transfer driving force and
the thermal driving force will be used in our analysis on wax deposition
behavior to identify which parameter of these two provides more insights to
explain the trends observed in the experiments.
122 Wax Deposition
6.4.3Effect of the Operating Temperatures

6.4.3.1Analysis on the North Sea Condensate
Table 6.3 summarizes the flux term, Jwax, and its associated parameters for
the experiments where the oil temperature, Toil, was varied and the coolant
temperature, Tcoolant, was kept constant. In these experiments, the deposition
thickness decreased as the oil temperature increases, as shown previously
in Figure 6.7.
One observes that the increase in the oil temperature, Toil, leads to an increase
in the wall temperature, Twall. Such increase in turn had several effects on
the characteristic mass flux, Jwax: First, in terms of transport characteristics, it
increased the diffusivity of wax in oil at the wall, Dwax,wall, which tended to
increase the mass flux. Second, in terms of thermodynamic properties, the
change in the oil and the wall temperatures caused an increase in the wax solu-
bility, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)]. A close examination of the changes in these two terms
reveals that the increase in Coil(eq) was from 1.09% to 1.44% (an increase of 35%).
Such a degree of increase was less than that in Cwall(eq), which increased from
0.65% to 1.26% (an increase of 190%). Meanwhile, the change in Toil from 15.3C
up to 35.4C (a change of 20.1C) exceeded the change in Twall from 9.5C to 20.5C
(a change of 11C). To summarize, although the bulk temperature increased
more than the wall temperature, the wax solubility at the bulk increased much
less than that at the wall. Consequently, while the thermal driving force [Toil
Tcoolant] increased when the oil temperature increased, the mass transfer driving
force [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)] actually decreased with increasing oil temperature.
Consider the variation in the other parameter: In this case, the coolant tem-
perature, Tcoolant, was varied, and the oil temperature, Toil, was kept constant.
For these experiments, it was found that the deposit thickness decreased as
the coolant temperature increased (as shown previously in Figure 6.8). The
TABLE 6.3
Comparison of the Parameters Involved in the Characteristic Mass Flux of Wax
Deposition, Jwax, among the Deposition Experiments with Different Toil while
Qoil and Tcoolant Remained Constant
Parameters Value
Toil (C) 15.3 20.3 25.3 35.4
Tcoolant (C) 5.0
Qoil (m3/h) 20.0
Twall (C) 9.5 12.0 14.7 20.5
Dwax,wall 1010 (m2/s) 2.11 2.49 2.89 3.64
Coil(eq) (wt%) 1.09 1.26 1.34 1.44
Cwall(eq) (wt%) 0.65 0.89 1.07 1.26
Coil(eq) Cwall(eq) (wt%) 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.17
Jwax 1010 (m/swt%) 19.25 16.20 13.18 10.12
Source: Huang, Z. et al., Energy & Fuels, 25, 51805188, 2011.
TABLE 6.4
Comparison of the Parameters Involved in the Characteristic Mass Flux of
Wax Deposition, Jwax, among the Deposition Experiments with Different
Tcoolant while Qoil and Toil Remained Constant
Parameters Value
Toil (C) 20.2
Tcoolant (C) 5.0 10.0 15.0
Qoil (m3/h) 5.0
Twall (C) 8.1 12.1 16.1
Dwax,wall 1010 (m2/s) 1.93 2.44 2.97
Coil(eq) (wt%) 1.26 1.26 1.26
Cwall(eq) (wt%) 0.48 0.89 1.13
Coil(eq) Cwall(eq) (wt%) 0.78 0.37 0.13
Jwax 1010 (m2/swt%) 31.64 16.54 7.92
characteristic mass flux, Jwax, and its associated parameters for this change in
Tcoolant are shown in Table 6.4. It can be seen that the increase in Tcoolant leads
to the increase in Twall, which increased the values of only two parameters:
Dwo and Cwall(eq). Here, the concentration of wax in the bulk oil, Coil(eq), did
not change as the oil temperature was not varied, as in the previous case.
The increase in Dwax,wall tends to increase the Jwax. However, the increase in
Cwall(eq) from 0.48% to 1.13% caused a significant decrease in the mass trans-
fer driving force, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)], from 0.78% to 0.13%. This decrease in the
mass transfer driving force overcame the increase in the diffusivity, leading
to a decrease in the characteristic mass flux with increasing Tcoolant, as shown
in the last row of Table 6.4. This decrease in the characteristic mass flux
explains the reduced experimental deposit thickness, as shown in Figure 6.8.
In summary, the change in the characteristic mass flux, Jwax, in these exper-
iments with varying temperature conditions is shown to be consistent with
the change in the deposit thickness. It was further observed that the mass
transfer driving force, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)], is the most influential parameter
in determining the characteristic mass flux, and it should be ultimately the
indicator for the impact of temperature on wax deposition.
6.4.3.2Analysis on Another Oil

In Section 6.4.3.1, the concept of the characteristic mass flux, Jwax, was used
to investigate the impact of operating temperature on wax deposition for a
North Sea waxy condensate. In this section, the same analysis on another oil
will be applied to investigate the validity of such methodology.
The study of Bidmus and Mehrotra (2009) was chosen in which a model wax
oil system was used in a mini flow loop (1 in. inner diameter and 4 in. long) to
study the impact of oil temperature (Toil) on wax deposition. Interesting results
124 Wax Deposition
were found in this study: When Toil is above the WAT, the deposit thickness
decreases with increasing Toil. When Toil is below the WAT, the deposit thickness
increases with increasing Toil. While no mass transfer explanation was given in
the original study to help explain such observations, from our previous analy-
sis with the North Sea condensate, an investigation using the mass transfer
driving force, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)], as well as the characteristic mass flux for
wax deposition, Jwax, might generate some important insights. Consequently,
the same solvent, Norpar13 from Imperial Oil (Ontario, Canada), and the same
wax sample, Parowax, from Conros Corp. (Ontario, Canada), were purchased
(Huang, Lu et al., 2011). The measured wax precipitation curve is shown in
Figure 6.10. Comparing Figure 6.10 with Figure 6.3, one notes that the precipi-
tation curve for the model oilwax system is almost linear during the range of
experimental conditions, while the solubility curve for the North Sea conden-
sate exhibits more precipitation at lower temperatures.
The deposition experiments in the study of Bidmus and Mehrotra (2009)
are summarized in Figure 6.11, and the trend will now be analyzed with the
approach using the characteristic mass flux, Jwax. Using the same method of
analysis as for the North Sea condensate, the values of Jwax and its associated
parameters for the model waxoil experiments are summarized in Table 6.5.
It can be seen that the characteristic mass flux, Jwax, is again consistent with
the amount of deposit observed in Figure 6.11 in that they both increase with
increasing oil temperature until the oil temperature reaches the WAT. After
reaching the WAT, both Jwax and the amount of deposit decrease with increasing
temperature. The remarkable consistency in the relative magnitude of these two
parameters further confirms the effectiveness of the use of the characteristic
mass flux and the mass transfer driving force as predictors for the amount of
wax deposit on the wall.
3.0
2.5
Precipitated wax (wt%)
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
25 27 29 31 33 35
Temperature (C )
FIGURE 6.10
Solubility curve of wax for the model oil in the study of Huang, Lu et al. (2011). (Reprinted with
permission from Huang, Z., Lu, Y., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., & Fogler, H.S., Energy & Fuels,
25, 51805188. Copyright 2011 American Chemical Society.)
2
1.8 Tcoolant = 25C WAT
1.6
wall surface area (kg/m2)
Deposit mass per inner
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
26.5 30 32.5 35 38.5
Toil (C)
FIGURE 6.11
Comparison of the amount of deposit among experiments with different oil temperatures for the
study of Bidmus and Mehrotra (2009). (From Bidmus, H.O., & Mehrotra, A.K., Energy & Fuels, 23,
31843194, 2009. Reprinted with permission from Huang, Z., Lu, Y., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen,
L., & Fogler, H. S., Energy & Fuels, 25, 51805188. Copyright 2011 American Chemical Society.)
TABLE 6.5
Comparison of the Parameters for Jwax among Deposition Experiments with
Different Toil while Qoil and Tcoolant Are Maintained Constant in the Study of
Bidmus and Mehrotra (2009) Using a Model OilWax System
Parameters Value
Toil (C) 26.5 29.0 33.0 35.0 38.5
Tcoolant (C) 25.0
Qoil (m3/h) 0.4
Twall (C) 25.4 25.9 27.1 28.0 29.6
Dwax,wall 1010 (m2/s) 2.81 2.94 3.27 3.53 4.07
Coil(eq) (wt%) 4.19 4.80 5.74 6.00 6.00
Cwall(eq) (wt%) 3.94 4.05 4.34 4.55 4.93
Coil(eq) Cwall(eq) (wt%) 0.25 0.75 1.40 1.45 1.07
Jwax 1010 (m2/swt%) 27.66 86.81 180.24 201.52 171.28
6.4.3.3Importance of the Wax Precipitation Curve

The solubility curve has a great impact on the characteristic mass flux, Jwax,
by affecting the concentration difference of wax, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)], at dif-
ferent temperatures. To visualize such impact, the changes in Twall, Coil(eq),
and Cwall(eq) when Toil was varied are shown in Table 6.6 for the two studies
analyzed above, i.e., one with the North Sea condensate and the other with
the model oilwax mixture.
One observes that for both sets of the experiments, the increases in Toil have
caused the increases in Twall. The increases in Twall were less significant than
126 Wax Deposition
TABLE 6.6
Comparison of the Changes in Toil, Twall, Coil(eq), and Cwall(eq) for the
Experiments with the North Sea Oil A and the Model OilWax
Mixturewith Varying Toil
North Sea Condensate Model OilWax Mixture
Change in Toil (C) 15.335.4 26.535.0
Toil (C) 20.1 8.5
Twall (C) 11.0 2.6
Toil > Twall Yes Yes
Coil(eq) (wt%) 0.35 1.81
Cwall(eq) (wt%) 0.61 0.61
Coil(eq) > Cwall(eq) No Yes
the increases in Toil for both studies. The major difference is that for the model
oilwax mixture, the gradient of its solubility curve (Figure 6.10) is virtually
constant (the solubility curve is close to a straight line), so that the changes
in Coil(eq), and Cwall(eq) simply reflected the changes in Toil and Twall. These
changes eventually lead to the increase in the mass transfer driving force,
[Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)], and in the mass flux, Jwax, for the model mixture when Toil
increased. However, the gradient of the solubility curve for the North Sea con-
densate decreased with increasing temperature because the solubility curve is
concave, as shown in Figure 6.3. This concave shape of the solubility curve for
the North Sea condensate results in the change in [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)] to deviate
from the change in [Toil Twall]. This finding further demonstrates the advan-
tage of using the mass transfer driving force in comparison to the thermal driv-
ing force as it includes the impact of the solubility curve on wax deposition.
6.4.3.4Carbon Number Distribution of the Oil

The above comparison has highlighted the importance of the shape of the
solubility curve on the effects of the oil/coolant temperatures on wax deposi-
tion. The solubility of wax represents the multicomponent solidliquid equi-
librium of the oil, which strongly depends on its carbon number distribution
(CND). Figure 6.12 shows the CNDs of the n-C20+ components for the wax
used in the model mixture and the distribution for the North Sea condensate.
Two major differences can be observed between these two oils. First, a longer
tail can be seen in the CND of the North Sea condensate, indicating the exis-
tence of heavy paraffins (from n-C50 to n-C80), which are not existent in the
model wax. In addition, the lighter components (from n-C20 to n-C26) account
for 41% of the wax in the North Sea condensate, while they only account for
26% of the model wax. The small amount of the heavy components and the
excess amount of the light components in the North Sea condensate cause a
greater precipitation of wax at lower temperatures compared to the model
oilwax mixture. This greater amount of precipitation is consistent with the
12.0
10.0
Weight percent (wt%)
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
(a) Carbon number
12.0
10.0
Weight percent (wt%)
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
(b) Carbon number
FIGURE 6.12
CND of the heavy components in (a) the model oilwax mixture and (b) the North Sea con-
densate. (Reprinted with permission from Huang, Z., Lu, Y., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., &
Fogler, H. S. Energy & Fuels, 25, 51805188. Copyright 2011 American Chemical Society.)
concave shape of the solubility curve of the North Sea condensate at low
temperatures and eventually explains the contradictory observed trends of
growth of deposit thickness between Figures 6.7 and 6.11.
6.5Applying Wax Deposition Models to

Investigate Deposit Compositions
In Section 6.4, the behavior of the deposit thickness at different operating
temperatures was analyzed using the first principles of transport phenom-
ena. However, equally important is the composition in the wax deposit,
128 Wax Deposition
which not only makes a quantitative evaluation on the degree of diffusion of

the waxy components possible but also provides critical information for the
strength of the wax deposit for the design of techniques for deposit removal
(Bai & Zhang, 2013a). The composition of the waxy deposit can be character-
ized by its CND. Unfortunately, it is virtually impossible to determine the
CND of a wax deposit formed at a particular section of a subsea pipeline.
The deposits CND can be predicted by coupling wax thermodynamic mod-
eling and wax deposition modeling to obtain a fundamental understanding
of the behavior of waxy components with different CNDs.
As discussed in detail in Chapter 4, Sections 4.1 and 4.2, it is widely accepted
that molecular diffusion is the main mechanism responsible for deposit for-
mation. Each alkane component diffuses to the wall due to its radial concen-
tration gradient. Depending on the carbon number, different n-alkanes will
have different physical properties, e.g., solubility values and molecular diffu-
sivities, and thus can have different concentration gradients. This variation in
the concentration gradient for different n-alkanes could result in a difference
in the composition of the n-alkanes in the deposit formed by the differences in
molecular diffusion of multiple n-alkane components. According to the study
by Zheng, Zhang, Huang, and Fogler (2013), the solubility differences and the
resulting concentration driving force difference for molecular diffusion domi-
nate the evolution of the CND. The concentration driving force for precipitating
paraffin component can be calculated by taking the difference of their bulk and
wall concentrations: Ci = Ci,bulk(Tbulk) Ci,wall(Twall). The bulk and wall concen-
trations of a paraffin component, i.e., Ci,bulk(Tbulk) and Ci,wall(Twall), will be evalu-
ated at their corresponding equilibrium concentrations in the liquid phase at
the bulk and wall temperatures, i.e., Tbulk and Twall. These two concentrations
can be calculated using wax thermodynamic models. By using wax thermo-
dynamic modeling techniques, Zheng et al. (2013) calculated the concentration
driving force distribution: Ci as a function of carbon number i. As the Ci dis-
tribution dominates the evolution of deposit CND, the deposit formed in two
different experiments, such as those listed in Table 6.7, can have a similar CND
as long as the concentration driving force distributions are similar.
Figure 6.13 shows the comparison between the calculated concentration
driving force distribution and the observed deposit CND in these two exper-
iments with significantly different operating conditions.
TABLE 6.7
Summary of Two Sets of Operating Conditions:
Aand B Resulting in Similar Deposit CND
Condition A Condition B
Qoil (m3/h) 5.00 21.00
Toil (C) 20.17 15.24
Tcoolant (C) 5.00 10.00
Twall (C) 8.39 12.49
50%
40% Experiment A
Ci/Ci (%)
30% Experiment B
20%
10%
0%
(a) 20 25 30 35 40 45
50%
Ci,deposit/Ci,deposit (%)
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
20 25 30 35 40 45
(b) Carbon number
FIGURE 6.13
(a) Comparison of the concentration driving force distribution between conditions A and B and
(b) comparison of the deposit CND generated by two sets of operating conditions. (Reprinted
with permission from Zheng, S., Zhang, F., Huang, Z., & Fogler H. S., Energy & Fuels, 27, 7379
7388. Copyright 2013 American Chemical Society.)
As can be seen from Figure 6.13a, theoretical analysis by thermodynamic

modeling indicates a similar concentration driving force distribution under
the two sets of experimental conditions. The experimentally observed
deposit CNDs in the two experiments being similar to each other, as shown
in Figure 6.13b, verified the theoretical analysis. Consequently, in order to
predict the deposit CND under a particular set of operating conditions, one
only needs to apply the following three-step procedure:
Use transport modeling to determine the wall and centerline

temperatures
Use thermodynamic modeling to determine the equilibrium concen-
trations of waxy components at the wall and centerline temperatures
Calculate the concentration driving force distribution based on the
equilibrium concentrations of the waxy components
The deposit CND under the particular set of the operating conditions
should resemble the concentration driving force distribution.
6.6Summary
In this chapter, the performance of a model developed at the University of
Michigan, known as the Michigan Wax Predictor (MWP), is highlighted
130 Wax Deposition
based on a series of wax deposition experiments with a wide variety of oper-

ating conditions. The evaluation was first carried out based on the compari-
son of the wax deposit thickness between experimental measurements and
model predictions. It was found that the MWP was able to predict the follow-
ing trends without applying any tuning parameters:
Decrease in the deposit thickness with increasing oil flow rate

Decrease in the deposit thickness with increasing oil temperature
Decrease in the deposit thickness with increasing coolant temperature
Based on this consistency, the transport equations in the MWP are carefully
examined to identify the reasons for such agreements. With the approach of a
dedimensionalized analysis, a representative parameter to highlight the degree
of wax deposition is proposed: the characteristic mass flux for wax deposition:
Dwax,wall Coil (eq ) Cwall (eq )

J wax (t = 0) = (6.10)
Rpipe
Within this parameter, the effect of temperature can be separated into two
categories: The first is on the transport properties of the oil (to affect the wax
diffusion coefficient at the wall temperature, Dwax,wall), and the second is on the
thermodynamic properties of the oil (to affect the wax equilibrium concentra-
tions at the bulk oil and at the wall). It was found that in most of the wax depo-
sition experiments, the effect of temperature on the thermodynamic properties
often outweighs the effect on the transport properties, so that the change in the
deposit thickness is often found to be consistent with the change in the concen-
tration difference, [Coil(eq) Cwall(eq)]. Such difference is considered to be the
mass transfer driving force for deposition, and it is an important indicator on
how the deposition behavior varies when the operating conditions are altered.
This methodology was further validated with a waxoil model mixture in a
different deposition flow loop. The consistency of this methodology for differ-
ent oils and different experimental apparatuses has strategic importance for
model scale-up for field predictions. In fact, in Chapter 7, it will be seen that
the MWP is found to be able to achieve satisfactory agreement with field data.
In addition to the comparison of the deposit thickness, an analysis is made
based on the comparison of the composition of the wax deposit between
experimental characterization and model predictions. In this case, wax
deposition modeling by the MWP is combined with a thermodynamic model
(Coutinho & Stenby, 1996; Coutinho & Ruffier-Mray, 1997; Coutinho, 1998;
Coutinho & Daridon, 2001; Coutinho, Edmonds, Moorwood, Szczepanski,
& Zhang, 2006) to resolve the mass transfer of alkanes with different chain
length. It was discovered that the evolution of deposit composition is also
dominated by the distribution of concentration driving forces [Coil(eq)
Cwall(eq)] among alkanes with different chain length.
7
Applying Wax Deposition
Models for Field Predictions
7.1Introduction
7.1.1Wax Control Strategies for the Field
In this chapter, thermodynamic modeling and transport modeling are used
to help develop remediate strategy characteristics for wax deposition in the
field. A general methodology of wax deposition evaluation and control is
highlighted in Figure 7.1.
The first step to assess the possibility of wax deposition is to determine the
wax appearance temperature (WAT). The WAT is usually compared with the
minimum wall temperature of the pipeline during operations. The wall tem-
perature of the pipeline can be calculated by most flow simulators that have
been used extensively for pipeline designs for the past decades. Depending
on the values of the WAT and the minimum wall temperature, the following
possible scenarios can occur:
Scenario 1: Wax deposition would probably not pose a risk for nor-
mal operations if the WAT is significantly lower than the mini-
mum wall temperature. However, one should be on the lookout for
situations where the flow rate of the fluids decreases (production
turndown), causing the pipeline wall temperature to fall below
the WAT.
Scenario 2: If the minimum wall temperature of the pipeline is close
to or only slightly below the WAT, there can be a risk of wax depo-
sition in the pipeline. In this case, the problem of wax deposition
might be addressed by increasing the insulation or installing heat-
ing facilities (for example, direct electrical heating or pipe-in-pipe
heating) over the section of the pipe where the wall temperature
might drop to below the WAT. For short pipelines, insulation and
heating methods might still be economically viable even if the mini-
mum wall temperature is significantly below the WAT.
131
132 Wax Deposition
Primary control strategies:

Step 1: Evaluate the wax Insulation
appearance temperature Heating
(Chapter 2) Pigging
Inhibitor (auxiliary)
Step 2: Evaluate wax deposition severity
Thermodynamic Deposition
characterizations experiments and
(Chapters 2 and 3) model benchmarking
(Chapters 4 through 6)
FIGURE 7.1
Summary of general wax deposition screening and control methodologies.
Scenario 3: The worst case is in long subsea pipelines where the

minimum wall temperature falls significantly below the WAT. In
this case, pipeline insulation and heating either are too costly or
cannot be installed, and wax control strategies go from preven-
tive methods to mitigation methods. The most common mitigation
method is pigging, where an inspection gauge is sent through the
pipeline periodically to mechanically remove the wax deposits.
The word pigging might originate from pipeline intervention
gadget or refer to the sound generated during the travelling of
the device. Because normal operations often need to be paused
during the operation of pigging, the frequency of pigging greatly
affects the cost of production (as previously shown in Figure 1.2).
In order to determine an economical pigging frequency, deposi-
tion modeling is often needed as the next step (step 2 in Figure 7.1)
to understand the severity of wax deposition and to establish an
appropriate pigging frequency.
It should be noted that wax concerns in the subject of flow assurance are
not limited to deposition during production. During pipeline shutdowns,
the flow is stopped, and the fluid is being cooled to the ambient temperature.
In this case, if the cool down time is too long, the waxy components can also
precipitate from the oil and cause gelation to occur in the pipeline. Wax gela-
tion normally occurs during static conditions (pipeline shutdown) in which
the entire fluid (from the wall to the pipe centerline) can be gelled, while wax
deposition mainly occurs on the pipe wall during flow conditions. Although
Applying Wax Deposition Models for Field Predictions 133
Identify appropriate strategies:

Step 1: Evaluate the Insulation
wax gelation Heating
temperature Inhibitor
Fluid displacement during shutdown
Step 2: Evaluate the severity of wax

gelation for pipeline restart
Restart experiments
Rheological
and model
characterizations
benchmarking
FIGURE 7.2
Summary of general wax gelation screening and control methodologies.
not discussed in detail in this book, the control strategies of wax gelation are
analogous to those for wax deposition, as summarized in Figure7.2.
7.1.2Evaluating the Severity of Wax Deposition:

The Ideal vs. the Reality
For the step to investigate the severity of wax deposition (step 2 in Figure 7.1),
a variety of experimental measurements and modeling techniques have been
discussed in Chapters 2 through 6. For example, these characterization methods
include determining the n-paraffin distributions using high-temperature gas
chromatography (HTGC), measuring the WAT by cross-polarized microscopy
(CPM), determining the wax precipitation curve using differential scanning
calorimetry (DSC), etc. During the process of thermodynamic modeling, the
properties of the waxy components often need to be adjusted until the model
predictions match the experimental results. In addition, flow-loop wax depo-
sition experiments should be carried out to benchmark a deposition model
prior to its application for field predictions.
However, due to the cost, time, and other concerns for inconvenience,
industrial users often focus on a few measurements that come from years
of flow assurance management experience. For example, one might find that
the method of CPM delivers the most accurate measurement of the WAT,
whereas another might believe that other methods, such as DSC, provide
an estimation that is enough for field design. In Sections 7.2 and 7.3, two
published examples of field applications will be discussed in which different
laboratory characterizations are used to form the basis for field predictions.
134 Wax Deposition
7.2Example 1Single-Phase Pipe Flow

7.2.1Introduction
The first field study example of wax deposition is based on the study by Singh,
Lee, Singh, and Sarica (2011). In this study, a crude oil from offshore Indonesia
was transported between a central processing platform and floating produc-
tion storage and offloading (FPSO) in a 23-km-long single-phase subsea pipe-
line. Wax deposition was found to be the primary flow assurance concern, and
pigging was applied as the main mitigation method. The crude oil, with an
American Petroleum Institute (API) gravity of 45, has a WAT of 58C measured
from CPM (Figure 7.3).
The operating conditions and the oil properties are summarized in Table
7.1. The inlet temperature is around 75C. With a transport pipeline of 23 km,
it is expected that the wall temperature could eventually decrease to below
Subsea
PLEM
Gas16 in. 23 km
Oil12 in. 23 km
Central
processing
platform
FPSO
Export oil rate = 55,000 bpd
Export temp = 170F
FIGURE 7.3
Field layout in the study of Singh et al. (2011). (From Singh, A. et al., Flow assurance: Validation
of wax deposition models using field data from a subsea pipeline. In Offshore Technology
Conference [pp. 119]. Houston, TX: Offshore Technology Conference, 2011.)
TABLE 7.1
Summary of Operating Conditions in the Study of Singh et al. (2011)
Pipeline diameter 12 in.
Pipeline length 23 km
External heat transfer coefficient 22 W/m2/K
(insulation included)
Oil flow rate 300,000 bpd
Inlet temperature 75C
Outlet pressure 350 psig
Predeposition pressure drop 200 psi
Pigging frequency Weekly
Source: Singh A. et al., Flow assurance: Validation of wax deposition models
using field data from a subsea pipeline. In Offshore Technology Conference
(pp. 119). Houston, TX: Offshore Technology Conference, 2011.
10
All hydrocarbons
n-Alkanes
1
Wt%
0.1
0.01
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Carbon number
FIGURE 7.4
Composition of the oil and its n-paraffin distribution. (From Singh, A. et al., Flow assurance:
Validation of wax deposition models using field data from a subsea pipeline. In Offshore
Technology Conference [pp. 119]. Houston, TX: Offshore Technology Conference, 2011.)
the WAT of 58C. The composition and the n-paraffin distribution of the oil
are shown in Figure 7.4. Based on this analysis, the oil has 17% n-C19+, which
is generally known as the waxy components. Other detailed properties of
the oil can be found in the original study of Singh et al. (2011).
7.2.2Wax Thermodynamic Characterizations

In the original study, thermodynamic modeling was carried out utilizing the
measured n-paraffin distribution using the model of Erickson, Niesen, and
Brown (1993), which is implemented in the program of the wax deposition
model from the University of Tulsa (TUWAX). Here, another thermodynamic
model was usedCoutinhos Wilson model (Coutinho & Ruffier-Mray,
1997). This model is implemented in the program of MultiFlash 4.4. The
improvement of Coutinhos model over the Erickson model is that it accounts
for the nonideality of the solid phase formed by the waxy components. A
detailed comparison of these two models was discussed in Chapter 3,
Sections 3.2 and 3.3.
Tuning is often made to match the predicted precipitation curve with one
or a few experimental data points. The process of tuning the thermodynamic
models is discussed in detail in Chapter 3, Section 3.5. Here, the predicted
wax precipitation curve using Coutinhos model was tuned to the point of
WAT of 58C with an onset precipitation fraction of 0.045 wt%. This onset
fraction refers to the amount of wax precipitation that can be detected by
the measuring device. The value of 0.045 wt% is the value recommended by
the software vendor based on a general detection limit of CPM as the WAT
measuring method. During tuning, the program of MultiFlash adjusted the
136 Wax Deposition
20
Precipitated wax (wt%)

15
Erickson model
10
Coutinho model
(untuned prediction)
Coutinho model
(tuned to WAT)
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 7.5
Comparison of the wax precipitation curves from different thermodynamic models.
values of the heat of crystallization of the waxy components to match the

point of 0.045 wt% wax precipitation at 58C.
A comparison of these wax precipitation curves is shown in Figure 7.5.
Thereported n-C19+ fraction from the n-paraffin distribution is 17%. It is not
likely that all of the n-C19+ have precipitated at 0C because some of the lighter
components (for example, n-C19 and n-C20) are expected to continue to pre-
cipitate at even lower temperatures. Therefore, the prediction given by the
Erickson model that more than 17% of waxy components have precipitated
at 0C is likely to be an overestimate. This overestimate in the amount of
wax precipitation might be associated with the fact that the Erickson model
considers the ideal solutions for the wax solid phase, whereas the Coutinho
model accounts for the nonideality in the solid solutions. The details of the
thermodynamic assumptions for these two models are highlighted in Tables
3.1 and 3.2. Consequently, the prediction based on the Coutinho model that
is tuned with the WAT is used as the wax precipitation curve for this study.
7.2.3Deposition Predictions and Pigging Frequency Design

In this section, a wax deposition model called the Michigan Wax Predictor
(MWP) is used to develop field predictions for this study (Huang, Lee, Senra,
& Fogler, 2011; Lee, 2008). As discussed in Chapter 6, the MWP has shown
outstanding performance in modeling laboratory deposition experiments by
correctly predicting the change in deposition rates as a function of operat-
ing conditions without the use of any tuning parameters. In this chapter, the
same model configuration (no adjustable parameter) in the MWP for the field
predictions will be applied.
Figure 7.6 shows the predeposition bulk and the inner wall temperature
profiles calculated by the MWP, which are the temperature profiles before
80
70 Bulk oil
temperature
Temperature (C)
60
WAT
50
40
Inner wall Actual outlet
temperature temperature
30
~3 km
20
0 5000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000
Length (m)
FIGURE 7.6
Prediction of the temperature profiles in the pipeline.
any wax has deposited. In fact, it is very important to compare the predicted
bulk temperature of the fluid with field measurements if possible to confirm
the validity of the heat transfer calculation by the wax model. It is seen that
due to the insulation (external heat transfer coefficient of 22 W/m/K) of the
pipeline, the bulk and the wall temperature profiles are quite similar. The
temperature profiles are consistent with field measurements, which have
recorded an outlet temperature of 27C29.5C. The agreement between the
calculated temperature and the measured value is critical to develop reliable
deposition predictions. The location where the wall temperature drops to
below the WAT is around 3 km downstream of the inlet, which indicates that
even with insulation, approximately 20 km of the pipeline is subject to the
risk of wax deposition.
After gaining insights from the temperature profile along the pipe, we are
ready to investigate the growth of the wax deposit thickness. The visualiza-
tion of deposit thickness from field predictions is slightly different from that
during the modeling of laboratory deposition experiments: In previous dis-
cussions in Chapter 6 about the laboratory experiments, the evolution of axial
averaged deposition thickness (x-axis) as a function of time (y-axis) was shown.
Because for the laboratory experiments, the length of the pipe is much shorter,
the deposit profile throughout the pipe is expected to be uniform. This axial
averaged deposit thickness was compared with the experimental measure-
ments using the pressure drop method, i.e., the pressure-drop of the pipe was
used to determine the effective radius of the pipe. The difference of the effec-
tive radius and the pipe inner radius is the deposit thickness. This method
of plotting was also used in many other laboratory wax deposition studies
(Hernandez, 2002; Hoffmann & Amundsen, 2010; Huang, Lu, Hoffmann,
Amundsen, & Fogler, 2011; Lund, 1998; Singh et al., 2000; Venkatesan, 2004).
138 Wax Deposition
30
7 days
Deposit thickness (mm) 25
20
15
2 days
10
24 h
5
14 h
0
0 5000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000
Length (m)
FIGURE 7.7
Predictions of the deposit thickness along the pipeline at different times by the MWP.
However, this method of visualization might not be suitable when it is

applied to the field. In the current analysis on wax deposition on field pipelines,
the variation of deposit thickness along the pipe can be significant. Therefore,
the averaged deposit thickness over the entire pipeline has much less physical
significance. In these laboratory studies, the evolution of axial averaged thick-
ness (plotted in the y-axis) versus time (plotted in the x-axis) is often shown
for analysis. However, for predictions based on field pipelines, the variation of
deposit thickness along the pipe can be much more significant. Therefore, the
axial averaged deposit thickness has much less physical significance for field
predictions than for laboratory modeling. Consequently, instead of plotting
the axial averaged deposit thickness as a function of time, two other methods
to visualize the deposition predictions and compare with field measurements
were used: First, the axial profile of the deposit thickness is plotted, as shown
in Figure 7.7. It is seen that after 7 days, the maximum deposit thickness of the
pipe reached 27 mm (equivalent to one tenth of the pipeline inner diameter).
To further investigate the credibility of this prediction, the pressure drop of
the entire pipeline during the course of wax deposition is calculated based on
the Blasius friction factor correlation (Wilkes, 2005), as shown in Equation 7.1.
To calculate the pressure drop of the entire pipeline, the pipeline is discretized
into small segments, and the pressure drop of each segment was first calcu-
lated based on the effective diameter of the section, as shown in Equation 7.2.
Then, the pressure drop of the entire pipeline can be determined by adding
up the pressure drop of all the segments of the pipe, as shown in Equation 7.3.
f Darcy = 0.316 Re0.25 (7.1)
Lpipe, i oilU 2
Ppipe, i = fDarcy (7.2)
deffective 2
Ppipe = P
i
pipe, i (7.3)
This calculation was performed during the course of wax deposition so

that, eventually, the increase in pressure drop predicted by the MWP could
be obtained, as highlighted in Figure 7.8 in comparison with field measure-
ments. It is seen that without any tuning and laboratory benchmarking, the
MWP provides reasonable prediction for the pressure-drop increase due to
wax deposition with slight overprediction at later times.
In this study, pigging is used as the primary remediation method for wax
deposition. For the design of pigging frequency, the time for the maximum
thickness of the deposit in the pipe to reach a certain threshold is often
used. This threshold is designed to prevent the pig from getting stuck, and
it depends on many factors, including the type of the pig, the applied pres-
sure for pigging, the properties of the fluid used to propel the pig, the effi-
ciency of the previous pigging and the contingency plan in case the pig gets
stuck in the pipe. Typically, the establishment of an appropriate value for this
threshold requires significant operational experience. Generally, the indus-
trial preference of such threshold is around 4 mm for field design, which in
many cases can be conservative (Golczynski & Kempton, 2006). During field
production, operators in the field might decrease the frequency of pigging if
they believe that the original suggested frequency is overconservative.
Here, we do not have the intention to establish a general pigging frequency
threshold because of the limited data available. However, the pigging fre-
quency that was actually carried out in this field can be used to see the value
of the corresponding threshold for maximum deposit thickness in this case.
450
400
Pipeline pressure drop (psi)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0 2 4 6 8
Time (days)
FIGURE 7.8
Comparison of pipeline pressure drop during the course of wax deposition between MWP
predictions and field measurements.
140 Wax Deposition
30
7 days
Deposit thickness (mm) 25
20
15
10
5
14 h
0
0 5000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000
Length (m)
FIGURE 7.9
Prediction of deposit thickness along the pipe after 7 days.
For this study, it was eventually found that pigging could be performed
every 7 days without causing any operational concerns (Singh et al., 2011).
After 7 days, the axial distribution of the deposit thickness predicted by the
MWP is 27 mm, as previously shown in Figure 7.7. In other words, in this
study, if the pigging frequency is determined by using the deposition model
of MWP, the threshold for the maximum thickness allowed could be as much
as 27 mm. In this case, applying the general value of 4 mm seems conserva-
tive for this case, and the pigging frequency would change to every 14 h,
which in hindsight seems conservative (Figure 7.9).
7.3Example 2Gas/Oil Flow

7.3.1Introduction
The second application example focused on the development in Well B,
Campos Basin in Brazil operated by Petrobras at a water depth of approxi-
mately 800 m (Noville & Naveira, 2012). The multiphase petroleum mixture
(oil and gas) was transported from the wellhead to the topside via a 5-km flow
line and a riser. A schematic of the production pipeline is shown in Figure 7.10.
The minimum wall temperature of the flow line was expected to fall below
the WAT of the oil, which is approximately 17C. The oil has an API grav-
ity of 26.6, and a downhole gas lift was applied to facilitate the production.
The operating conditions are summarized in Table 7.2. In this study, wax
modeling was carried out using two commercialized programs: PVTsim, an
industrial thermodynamic modeling package, was used for wax thermody-
namic modeling. OLGA, an industrial multiphase flow simulator, was used
Top side
Wellhead 5 km, 6 in. pipeline

Water depth: 800 m Riser base
Downhole gas lift

Bottom hole
FIGURE 7.10
Schematic of the production pipeline for the study of Noville and Naveira (2012).
TABLE 7.2
Summary of the Operating Conditions in the Study of
Noville and Naveira (2012)
Pipeline diameter 6 in.
Pipeline length 5 km
Oil flow rate 2617 bpd
Gas oil ratio (GOR) 618
Lift gas flow rate 5.8 mmscfd
Reservoir temperature 78C
Reservoir pressure 2217 psig
Topside pressure 155 psig
Pigging frequency 14 days
Source: Noville, I. & Naveira, L., Comparison between real
field data and the results of wax deposition simula-
tion. In SPE Latin America and Caribbean Petroleum
Engineering Conference (pp. 112). Mexico City, Mexico:
Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2012.
for wax deposition modeling. The detailed descriptions for the wax ther-
modynamic model in PVTsim can be found in Chapter 3, Section 3.3. The
detailed transport equations for the wax deposition model in OLGA can be
found in Chapter 4, Sections 4.2 and 4.3.
7.3.2 Wax Thermodynamic Characterization

Different from Example 1 discussed in Section 7.2, the n-paraffin distribution
in this study is not measured in this example in order to carry out thermo-
dynamic modeling to obtain the wax precipitation curve. Instead, the wax
precipitation curve was directly measured by the authors via the DSC.
142 Wax Deposition
The next step is to import this information of the wax precipitation curve
to a wax deposition model. However, here emerges a problem about indus-
trial practicality: The wax deposition model in the industrial flow simula-
tor OLGA only accepts the input of a wax precipitation curve in a format
that is developed by selected industrial thermodynamic models that it sup-
ports. In this study, the program of PVTsim is used for this purpose. The
program of PVTsim generates a wax table that consists of the amount of
wax precipitated at different temperatures and pressures. This wax table
could be directly used by OLGA for wax deposition simulations. In this case,
the n-paraffin distribution is adjusted in a thermodynamic model order to
tune the predicted wax precipitation curve to match the DSC results. The
thermodynamic model used is based on the study by Pedersen, Thomassen,
and Fredenslund (1985). However, we can see that this information is not as
important here as the thermodynamic model was only used as a dummy.
The real source of the precipitation curve is the DSC experiment. The DSC
measurements as well as the thermodynamic model fitting are shown in
Figure 7.11. It is seen that the predicted precipitation curve matches the
experimental measurements from 0C to 17C. However, at the range of
17C35C, there seems to be a very small amount of wax precipitation that
was underpredicted by the thermodynamic model.
This method of thermodynamic characterization indicates that the method
of DSC was preferred in this study to study the wax precipitation curve,
which is different from the previous example (Example 1) where thermo-
dynamic prediction was carried out based on the n-paraffin distribution
measured by the HTGC. A comparison of these two strategies is high-
lighted in Table 7.3.
Fluid adjusted Experimental data

Mass of wax deposition (%m/m)
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Temperature (C)
FIGURE 7.11
Experimental measurement of the wax precipitation curve and the thermodynamic fitting in
thestudy of Noville and Naveira (2012). (From Noville, I. & Naveira, L., Comparison between real
field data and the results of wax deposition simulation. In SPE Latin America and Caribbean Petroleum
Engineering Conference [pp. 112]. Mexico City, Mexico: Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2012.)
TABLE 7.3
Comparison of the Two Thermodynamic Characterization Strategies Used in
Examples 1 and 2
Example 1 Example 2
Experiments n-Paraffin distribution using HTGC Entire wax precipitation curve
carried out WAT using CPM using DSC
Purpose of using To predict a wax precipitation curve to To generate a wax precipitation
thermodynamic be used by a deposition model curve same as that measured
modeling by DSC for a deposition model
Parameters to A different thermodynamic model offers The n-paraffin distribution
adjust during different tuning options, for example,
tuning the the heat of crystallization and the
thermodynamic detection limit of the WAT measuring
model device. A complete list for various
models was discussed in Table 3.2
Parameters to match WAT measured using CPM Entire wax precipitation curve
during modeling measured by DSC
7.3.3Deposition Predictions and Pigging Frequency Design

The presence of oil and gas multiphase flow greatly increases the level of
complexity in terms of fluid mechanics and heat/mass transfer. In this case,
the deposition modeling with the MWP is not included, as the composition
of the production fluid as well as the detail pipeline geometry has not been
disclosed in the original study. Without these pieces of information, it would
be difficult to determine the hydrodynamics and heat transfer characteris-
tics in the pipeline accurately. Therefore, we chose to simply highlight the
deposition modeling results published in the original study by Noville and
Naveira (2012) using OLGA wax and discuss the associated uncertainties.
During the course of wax deposition, the increase in the pressure drop
across the pipeline is measured via the downhole pressure gauge, while the
pressure at the topside outlet remains constant (155 psig). A comparison of
the increase in the downhole pressure predicted from the OLGA wax simu-
lator and the field measurements is shown in Figure 7.12. Several observa-
tions can be made: First, the measured downhole pressure does not always
start at the lowest value (~1260 psig), which indicates that there is a variation
in the degree of removal of the wax deposit during each pigging (this obser-
vation is also reported in the original study).
Second, the original model prediction with a default value of the wax dif-
fusion coefficient significantly underestimates the increase in the downhole
pressure of the pipeline. In this case, the diffusion coefficient, Dwax, was mul-
tiplied by a factor of 100 to represent the highest rate of increase (the slope of
the curves) in the downhole pressure and by a factor of 22 to represent the
lowest increase rate as the pessimistic and optimistic cases, respectively. The
wax diffusion coefficient estimated from the HaydukMinhas correlation
for n-paraffin solutions was based on as many as 58 data points (Hayduk&
144 Wax Deposition
1600
1550
Field measurements OLGA wax prediction
pessimistic (Dwax 100)
Downhole pressure (psig)
1500
1450
1400
1350
OLGA wax prediction
optimistic (Dwax 22)
1300
1250 OLGA wax prediction

base case (Dwax 1)
1200
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Time (days)
FIGURE 7.12
Comparison of the increase in the downhole pressure between OLGA wax predictions and
field measurements. (From Noville, I. & Naveira, L., Comparison between real field data and
theresults of wax deposition simulation. In SPE Latin America and Caribbean Petroleum Engineering
Conference [pp. 112]. Mexico City, Mexico: Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2012.)
Minhas, 1982). Consequently, significant tuning might lead to unrealistic

wax diffusion coefficients, and the mismatch between the base case (no mul-
tiplier on Dwax) and the field measurements might be due to uncertainties in
other factors, such as the wax precipitation curve. Consequently, more labo-
ratory characterizations and benchmarking (as introduced in Section 7.1.1)
might be beneficial to identify the discrepancies.
The prediction of the deposit thickness after 14 days is shown in Figure
7.13 (Well B). It can be seen that the maximum deposit thickness reaches
Well A Well C Well B

30
Wax thickness (mm)
25
20 Well B
15
Well A
10
5 Well C
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Flowline length (m)
FIGURE 7.13
Predictions of deposit thickness using the OLGA wax based on the optimistic scenario (Dwax
multiplied by 22). (From Noville, I. & Naveira, L., Comparison between real field data and
theresults of wax deposition simulation. In SPE Latin America and Caribbean Petroleum Engineering
Conference [pp. 112]. Mexico City, Mexico: Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2012.)
around 18 mm in 14 days. The pigging frequency is determined based on

the following two criteria:
The time for the predicted maximum deposit thickness along the
pipe to reach a certain threshold
The time for the predicted maximum mass of the wax deposit in the
entire pipeline to reach a certain threshold
These two thresholds are designed to ensure that the pig does not become
trapped in the pipeline during pigging operations. The final pigging fre-
quency is based on the maximum number of days that satisfies both of these
criteria. According to the original study, the threshold for the maximum
predicted deposit thickness is reported to be 11 mm, and that for the maxi-
mum mass of wax deposit acceptable is 750 kg. It was found that the time for
the first criterion is 7 days, and the time for the second criterion is 12 days.
Consequently, the proposed pigging frequency was 710 days. The field was
operating with this pigging frequency initially, and the pigging frequency
eventually increased to once every 14 days.
7.4Summary
7.4.1Wax Thermodynamic Characterizations
One of the differences in the two examples in this chapter is the method
used to characterize the wax precipitation curve. The first study by Singh
et al. (2011) is based on the n-paraffin distribution measured by the HTGC.
The wax precipitation curve is obtained from the prediction from a thermo-
dynamic model, which is tuned to match the WAT, which was measured
experimentally. In the second study by Noville and Naveira (2012), the wax
precipitation curve is directly measured, and the use of a thermodynamic
model is simply to generate the output of the precipitation curve for the input
of a deposition model. In this case, the n-paraffin distribution is adjusted to
fulfill the purpose. These two different methodologies reflect different lev-
els of confidence on the wax thermodynamic characterization techniques, as
summarized and shown in Table 7.4.
It should be noted that uncertainties are associated with the technolo-
gies used in these two approaches. For example, the n-paraffin distribu-
tion from HTGC is obtained by integration of the area under the peaks in
a chromatogram, which can depend on the integration method (either the
baseline method or the valley-to-valley method). The WAT detected by the
CPM can be sensitive to its detection limit and the DSC measurements have
been reported to have difficulties to differentiate between the noise and the
signal for low wax content oils (such as the one for Example 2). A detail of the
146 Wax Deposition
TABLE 7.4
Comparison of the Two Wax Thermodynamic Characterization Methods Used in
the Two Different Examples in This Chapter
n-Paraffin Parameter to Match Measuring Technologies That
Examples Distribution during Tuning the Method Relies On
1 Measured WAT HTGC, CPM
experimentally Wax thermodynamic models
2 Adjustable Wax precipitation DSC
parameters curve
limitations for various techniques for waxthermodynamic characterization

can be seen in Chapters 2 and 3.
7.4.2Wax Deposition Modeling

The above field application examples exhibit two different levels of complexi-
ties for wax deposition modeling. In the first example, the petroleum mixture
is separated at a central processing facility prior to the flow toward the FPSO
(Singh et al., 2011). In this case, the flow is single-phase oil flow, and wax
deposition modeling becomes relatively simple. With the well-established
single-phase hydrodynamics and heat/mass transfer correlations, the MWP
was able to have reasonable agreement in predicting the increase in pressure
drop during the course of wax deposition without any tuning. Comparisons
of the pigging frequency recommended from model predictions with the
actual pigging frequency in the field show that a general threshold of 4 mm
maximum deposit thickness allowed can be overconservative.
The second example features a much more complicated scenario where
theoil and gas multiphase mixture was transported together from the well
to the topside processing facilities (Noville & Naveira, 2012). In this study,
with the absence of extensive laboratory thermodynamic characterization
and benchmarking, the uncertainties for wax deposition modeling greatly
increase. The deposition model OLGA wax was not able to predict the
increase in pressure drop across the pipe without tuning the wax diffusion
coefficient significantly. The threshold for maximum deposit thickness is 11
mm for this case. However, with a different deposition model and model
configurations, the appropriate threshold is likely to change.
7.5Future Outlook
Based on the above field applications, it can be seen that despite several
decades of wax deposition research, today, the application of wax modeling
for field design still faces significant uncertainties. Consequently, industrial
preference for the threshold of maximum deposit thickness is often over-

conservative to account for these uncertainties. The standard practice cur-
rently is to use the industrial preference (on the order of 4 mm based on
the study by Golczynski and Kempton [2006]) for the design stage of a field.
During actual operations, the pigging frequency can be increased based on
the inspection of the actual amount of wax deposits after each pigging. Still,
overconservative pigging recommendations can lead to overconservative
investment decisions that are often based on the analysis on the economic
feasibility of the field during the design stage. Improving the rigorousness
of wax deposition models is of critical importance to reduce the potential
overconservatism in wax control strategies and to improve the understand-
ing on the economic potential of a field. As discussed subsequently, there are
several approaches that can potentially help to achieve this goal.
7.5.1Improving Field Characterization Techniques

One of the most important and direct methods to evaluate a wax deposition
model is to directly compare with field data. However, compared to labora-
tory experiments, which are often well designed and controlled, parameters
in the field are much more difficult to monitor. Therefore, the advancements
of the field measurement techniques can be of great potential to enable the
measurement of many parameters that are currently not possible to assess in
the field. For example, direct measurements of the wax deposit thickness of
the pipe that do not interrupt normal productions would be very helpful to
evaluate the severity of wax deposition in real time and to benchmark wax
deposition models.
7.5.2Collaboration between Industrial Partners

The development of appropriate wax modeling and control strategies is often
based on operational experience accumulated over a long period of time
andbased on multiple petroleum field developments. Consequently, it could
be beneficial for industrial members to share their wax modeling and con-
trol experience in order to have a more comprehensive understanding about
the uncertainties in these strategies and potentially reduce the level of over-
conservatism in wax deposition management. Joint industrial technology
research consortiums such as DeepStar and Research Partnership to Secure
Energy for America (RPSEA) have carried out several industrial research
projects on wax precipitation and deposition (DeepStar, 2011; RPSEA, 2007).
7.5.3Develop More Rigorous Wax Deposition

Modeling for Multiphase Flow Conditions
While for field study Example 1 (single-phase oil flow), the wax model with-
out applying any tuning is able to achieve reasonable agreement on the
148 Wax Deposition
increase in the pressure drop of the pipeline during the course of wax depo-
sition, for Example 2, the agreement could not be reached without drastic
tuning. The main reason for this discrepancy is on the occurrence of mul-
tiphase oilgas flow. In addition to oilgas flow, oilwater two-phase flows
and oilgaswater three-phase flows can also occur in field pipelines. Very
few experimental studies attempt to understand the effects of the interplay
between phases on wax deposition from fundamental perspectives of view.
Moreover, the oilgaswater three-phase wax deposition study has not yet
been conducted. Lack of experimental characterization poses difficulties
on the development of fundamental wax deposition models for multiphase
flows. A variety of research directions are being undertaken at the University
of Michigan in order to understand and model wax deposition in multiphase
flows from first principles. As an example, in the case of wateroil flows,
emulsified water can greatly change the rheological behavior of waxy crude
oil, while it is still unclear how the rheology of waxy oil emulsion should be
considered in any wax deposition models. The existence of a second phase
in addition to the oil phase may also change the interaction between the flow
and the pipe wall. In the case of wateroil two-phase flows, the wax deposi-
tion characteristics might also depend on the hydrophilicity and hydropho-
bicity of the pipe wall surface. Research and developments to understand the
multiple perspectives of wax deposition characteristics in multiphase flows
are essential to improving the efficiency in the numerical modeling.
Bibliography
Agrawal, K. M., Khan, H. U., Surianarayanan, M., & Joshi, G. C. (1990). Wax deposi-
tion of Bombay high crude oil under flowing conditions. Fuel, 69, 794796.
Akbarzadeh, K., & Zougari, M. (2008). Introduction to a novel approach for mod-
eling wax deposition in fluid flows. 1. TaylorCouette system. Industrial and
Engineering Chemistry Research, 47, 953963.
Alana, J. D. (2003). Investigation of heavy oil single-phase paraffin deposition characteristics
(M.S. thesis). University of Tulsa, Tulsa, OK.
Alcazar-Vara, L. A., & Buenrostro-Gonzalez, E. (2011). Characterization of the wax
precipitation in Mexican crude oils. Fuel Processing Technology, 92, 23662374.
Alghanduri, L. M., Elgarni, M. M., Daridon, J.-L., & Coutinho, J. A. P. (2010).
Characterization of Libyan waxy crude oils. Energy & Fuels, 24, 31013107.
Apte, M. S., Matzain, A., Zhang, H.-Q., Volk, M., Brill, J., & Creek, J. L. (2001).
Investigation of paraffin deposition during multiphase flow in pipelines and
wellboresPart 2Modeling. Journal of Energy Resources Technology, 123,
150157.
Ashford, J. D., Blount, C. G., Marcou, J. A., & Ralph, J. M. (1990). Annular packer
fluids for paraffin control: Model study and successful field application. SPE
Production Engineering, 5, 351355.
ASTM International. (2008). Standard test method for temperature calibration of differential
scanning calorimeters and differential thermal analyzers (ASTM Standard E967-08).
doi:10.1520/E0967-08.
ASTM International. (2010). Standard test method for measurement of transition tempera-
tures of petroleum waxes by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) (ASTM Standard
D4419-90). doi:10.1520/D4419-90R10.
ASTM International. (2011). Standard test method for cloud point of petroleum products
(ASTM Standard D2500-11). doi:10.1520/D2500-11.
Bai, C., & Zhang, J. (2013a). Effect of carbon number distribution of wax on the
yield stress of waxy oil gels. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research, 52,
27322739.
Bai, C., & Zhang, J. (2013b). Thermal, macroscopic, and microscopic characteristics of
wax deposits in field pipelines. Energy & Fuels, 27, 752759.
Bai, Y., & Bai, Q. (2012). Subsea engineering handbook (1st ed.). Houston, TX: Gulf
Professional Publishing.
Barry, E. G. (1971). Pumping non-Newtonian waxy crude oils. Journal of the Institute
of Petroleum, 57, 7485.
Bendiksen, K. H., Maines, D., Moe, R., & Nuland, S. (1991). The dynamic two-fluid
model OLGA: Theory and application. SPE Production Engineering, 6, 171180.
Bern, P. A., Withers, V. R., & Cairns, R. J. R. (1980). Wax deposition in crude oil pipe-
lines. In European Offshore Petroleum Conference & Exhibition (p. 571). London:
Earls Court.
Berne-Allen, A., Jr., & Work, L. T. (1938). Solubility of refined paraffin waxes in petro-
leum fractions. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, 30, 806812.
149
150 Bibliography
Bhat, N. V., & Mehrotra, A. K. (2004). Measurement and prediction of the phase
behavior of waxsolvent mixtures: Significance of the wax disappearance tem-
perature. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research, 43, 34513461.
Bidmus, H. O., & Mehrotra, A. K. (2009). Solids deposition during cold flow of
waxsolvent mixtures in a flow-loop apparatus with heat transfer. Energy &
Fuels, 23, 31843194.
Bilderback, C. A., & McDougall, L. A. (1969). Complete paraffin control in petroleum
production. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 21, 11511156.
Bokin, E., Febrianti, F., Khabibullin, E., & Perez, C. E. S. (2010). Flow assurance and sour
gas in natural gas production.
Brill, J. P. (1987). Multiphase flow in wells. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 39, 1521.
Brown, T. S., Niesen, V. G., & Erickson, D. D. (1993). Measurement and prediction of
the kinetics of paraffin deposition. ProceedingsSPE Annual Technical Conference
and Exhibition, 353368.
Bruno, A., Sarica, C., Chen, H., & Volk, M. (2008). Paraffin deposition during the flow
of water-in-oil and oil-in-water dispersions in pipes. In ACTE 2008 Proceedings:
Proceedings of SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition. Denver, CO: Society
of Petroleum Engineers, SPE 114747, September 2124, 2008.
Burger, E. D., Perkins, T. K., & Striegler, J. H. (1981). Studies of wax deposition in the
Trans Alaska Pipeline. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 33, 10751086.
Cazaux, G., Barre, L., & Brucy, F. (1998). Waxy crude cold start: Assessment through
gel structural properties. In SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition. New
Orleans, LA: Society of Petroleum Engineers, SPE 49213.
Chilton, T. H., & Colburn, A. P. (1934). Mass transfer (absorption) coefficients pre-
diction from data on heat transfer and fluid friction. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, 26, 11831187.
Chueh, P. L., & Prausnitz, J. M. (1967). Vaporliquid equilibria at high pressures:
Calculation of partial molar volumes in nonpolar liquid mixtures. AIChE
Journal, 13, 10991107.
Claudy, P., Letoffe, J. M., Neff, B., & Damin, B. (1986). Diesel fuels: Determination of
onset crystallization temperature, pour point and filter plugging point by dif-
ferential scanning calorimetry. Correlation with standard test methods. Fuel, 65,
861864.
Cleaver, J., & Yates, B. (1973). Mechanism of detachment of colloidal particles from
a flat substrate in a turbulent flow. Journal of Colloid and Interface Science, 44,
464474.
Coto, B., Coutinho, J. A. P., Martos, C., Robustillo, M. D., Espada, J. J., & Pea, J. L. (2011).
Assessment and improvement of n-paraffin distribution obtained by HTGC to
predict accurately crude oil cold properties. Energy & Fuels, 25, 11531160.
Coto, B., Martos, C., Espada, J. J., Robustillo, M. D., Merino-Garca, D., & Pe, L. (2011).
A new DSC-based method to determine the wax porosity of mixtures precipi-
tated from crude oils. Energy & Fuels, 25, 17071713.
Coto, B., Martos, C., Espada, J. J., Robustillo, M. D., & Pea, J. L. (2010). Analysis
of paraffin precipitation from petroleum mixtures by means of DSC: Iterative
procedure considering solidliquid equilibrium equations. Fuel, 89, 10871094.
Coto, B., Martos, C., Espada, J. J., Robustillo, M. D., Pea, J. L., Coutinho, J. A. P.,&
Pe, L. (2011). Study of new methods to obtain the n-paraffin distribution of
crude oils and its application to flow assurance. Energy & Fuels, 25, 487492.
Bibliography 151
Coto, B., Martos, C., Pea, J. L., Espada, J. J., & Robustillo, M. D. (2008). A new method
for the determination of wax precipitation from non-diluted crude oils by frac-
tional precipitation. Fuel, 87, 20902094.
Coutinho, J. A. P. (1998). Predictive UNIQUAC: A new model for the description
of multiphase solidliquid equilibria in complex hydrocarbon. Industrial and
Engineering Chemistry Research, 37, 48704875.
Coutinho, J. A. P., & Daridon, J. L. (2001). Low-pressure modeling of wax formation
in crude oils. Energy & Fuels, 15, 14541460.
Coutinho, J. A. P., & Daridon, J.-L. (2005). The limitations of the cloud point mea-
surement techniques and the influence of the oil composition on its detection.
Petroleum Science and Technology, 23, 11131128.
Coutinho, J. A. P., Edmonds, B., Moorwood, T., Szczepanski, R., & Zhang, X. (2006).
Reliable wax predictions for flow assurance. Energy & Fuels, 20, 10811088.
Coutinho, J. A. P., & Ruffier-Mray, V. (1997). Experimental measurements and ther-
modynamic modeling of paraffinic wax formation in undercooled solutions.
Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research, 36, 49774983.
Coutinho, J. A. P., & Stenby, E. H. (1996). Predictive local composition models for
solid/liquid equilibrium in n-alkane systems: Wilson equation for multicompo-
nent systems Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research, 35, 918925.
Coutinho, P. (1999). Predictive local composition models: NRTL and UNIQUAC and
their application to model solidliquid equilibrium of n-alkanes. Fluid Phase
Equilibria, 158, 447457.
Couto, G. (2004). Investigation of two-phase oil-water paraffin deposition (M.S. thesis).
University of Tulsa, Tulsa, OK.
Creek, J., Lund, H. J., Brill, J. P., & Volk, M. (1999). Wax deposition in single phase
flow. Fluid Phase Equilibria, 158160, 801811.
Crochet, M. J., Davies, A. R., & Walters, K. (1991). Numerical simulation of non-Newtonian
flow (3rd ed.). New York: Elsevier B.V.
Daridon, J., Coutinho, J. A. P., & Montel, F. (2001). Solid-liquid-vapor phase bound-
ary of a North Sea waxy crude: Measurement and modeling. Energy & Fuels, 15,
730735.
Dauphin, C., Daridon, J., Coutinho, J., Baylre, P., & Potin-Gautier, M. (1999). Wax con-
tent measurements in partially frozen paraffinic systems. Fluid Phase Equilibria,
161, 135151.
Deen, W. M. (1998). Analysis of transport phenomena (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press.
DeepStar. (2011). DeepStar 10203 wax prediction confidence and pigging risk.
Retrieved from http://www.deepstar.org/PhaseXProjects/.
de Oliveira, M. C. K., Teixeira, A., Vieira, L. C., de Carvalho, R. M., de Carvalho,
A. B.M., & do Couto, B. C. (2012). Flow assurance study for waxy crude oils.
Energy & Fuels, 26, 26882695.
Ding, J., Zhang, J., Li, H., Zhang, F., & Yang, X. (2006). Flow behavior of Daqing waxy
crude oil under simulated pipelining conditions. Energy & Fuels, 20, 25312536.
Dirand, M., Bouroukba, M., Briard, A.-J., Chevallier, V., Petitjean, D., & Corriou, J.-P.
(2002). Temperatures and enthalpies of (solid + solid) and (solid + liquid) transi-
tions of n-alkanes. The Journal of Chemical Thermodynamics, 34, 12551277.
Dirand, M., Chevallier, V., & Provost, E. (1998). Multicomponent paraffin waxes
and petroleum solid deposits: Structural and thermodynamic state. Fuel, 77,
12531260.
152 Bibliography
Dittus, F., & Boelter, L. (1985). Heat transfer in automobile radiators of the tubular
type. International Communications in Heat and Mass Transfer, 12, 322.
Eaton, P. E., & Weeter, G. Y. (1976). Paraffin deposition in flow lines. In 16th National
Heat Transfer Conference. St. Louis, MO.
Economic analysis methodology for the 5-year OCS Oil and Gas Leasing Program for 2012
2017. (2011). Washington, DC.
Edmonds, B., Moorwood, T., Szczepanski, R., & Zhang, X. (2007). Simulating wax
deposition in pipelines for flow assurance. Energy & Fuels, 22, 729741.
Elliott, J. R., & Lira, C. T. (2012). Introductory chemical engineering thermodynamics.
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Elsharkawy, A. M., Al-Sahhaf, T. A., & Fahim, M. A. (2000). Wax deposition from
Middle East crudes. Fuel, 79, 10471055.
Erickson, D. D., Niesen, V. G., & Brown, T. S. (1993). Thermodynamic measurement and
prediction of paraffin precipitation in crude oil. In SPE Annual Technical Conference
and Exhibition (pp. 353368). Houston, TX: Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Esbensen, K. H., Halstensen, M., Tnnesen Lied, T., Svalestuen, J., de Silva, S., & Hope,
B. (1998). Acoustic chemometricsFrom noise to information. Chemometrics and
Intelligent Laboratory Systems, 44, 6176.
Garcia, M. C. (2001). Paraffin deposition in oil production. In SPE International
Symposium on Oilfield Chemistry (pp. 17). Houston, TX: Society of Petroleum
Engineers.
Garcia, M., Lopez, F., & Nino, Y. (1995). Characterization of near-bed coherent struc-
tures in turbulent open channel flow using synchronized high-speed video and
hot-film measurements. Experiments in Fluids, 19, 1628.
Gluyas, J. G., & Underhill, J. R. (2003). The Staffa Field, Block 3/8b, UK North Sea.
Geological Society, London, Memoirs, 20, 327333.
Gnielinski, V. (1976). New equations for heat and mass transfer in turbulent pipe and
channel flow. International Journal of Chemical Engineering, 16, 359368.
Golczynski, T. S., & Kempton, E. (2006). Understanding wax problems leads to deep-
water flow assurance solutions. World Oil, D7D10.
Green, D. W. (2008). Perrys chemical engineers handbook (8th ed.). New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Haaland, S. E. (1983). Simple and explicit formulas for the friction factor in turbulent
pipe flow. Journal of Fluids Engineering, 105, 8990.
Halstensen, M., Arvoh, B. K., Amundsen, L., & Hoffmann, R. (2013). Online estima-
tion of wax deposition thickness in single-phase sub-sea pipelines based on
acoustic chemometrics: A feasibility study. Fuel, 105, 718727.
Hammami, A., & Mehrotra, A. K. (1995). Liquid-solid-solid thermal behaviour of
n-C44+n-C50 and n-C25+n-C28 paraffinic binary mixtures. Fluid Phase Equilibria,
111, 253272.
Han, S., Huang, Z., Senra, M., Hoffmann, R., & Fogler, H. S. (2010). Method to deter-
mine the wax solubility curve in crude oil from centrifugation and high tem-
perature gas chromatography measurements. Energy & Fuels, 24, 17531761.
Hansen, A. B., Larsen, E., Pedersen, W. B., Nielsen, A. B., & Rnningsen, H. P. (1991).
Wax precipitation from North Sea crude oils. 3. Precipitation and dissolution
of wax studied by differential scanning calorimetry. Energy & Fuels, 5, 914923.
Hansen, J. H., Fredenslund, A., Pedersen, K. S., & Rningsen, H. P. (1988). A thermo-
dynamic model for predicting wax formation in crude oils. AIChE Journal, 34,
19371942.
Bibliography 153
Hayduk, W., & Minhas, B. (1982). Correlations for prediction of molecular diffusivi-
ties in liquids. Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering, 60, 295299.
Hernandez, O. C. (2002). Investigation of single-phase paraffin deposition characteristics
(M.S. thesis). University of Tulsa, Tulsa, OK.
Hernandez, O. C., Hensley, H., Sarica, C., Brill, J. P., Volk, M., & Delle-Case, E. (2003).
Improvements in single-phase paraffin deposition modeling. In SPE Annual
Technical Conference and Exhibition (pp. 19). Denver, CO: Society of Petroleum
Engineers.
Hoffmann, R., & Amundsen, L. (2010). Single-phase wax deposition experiments.
Energy & Fuels, 24, 10691080.
Hsu, J. J. C., & Brubaker, J. P. (1995). Wax deposition measurement and scale-up mod-
eling for waxy live crudes under turbulent flow conditions. In International
Meeting on Petroleum Engineering (pp. 110). Beijing, China: Society of Petroleum
Engineers.
Huang, Z., Lee, H. S., Senra, M., & Fogler, H. S. (2011). A fundamental model of wax
deposition in subsea oil pipelines. AIChE Journal, 57, 29552964.
Huang, Z., Lu, Y., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., & Fogler, H. S. (2011). The effect of
operating temperatures on wax deposition. Energy & Fuels, 25, 51805188.
Huang, Z., Senra, M., Kapoor, R., & Fogler, H. S. (2011). Wax deposition modeling of
oil/water stratified channel flow. AIChE Journal, 57, 841851.
Hunt, E. B., Jr. (1962). Laboratory study of paraffin deposition. Journal of Petroleum
Technology, 14, 12591269.
Ijeomah, C. E., Dandekar, A. Y., Chukwu, G. A., Khataniar, S., Patil, S. L., & Baldwin,
A. L. (2008). Measurement of wax appearance temperature under simulated
pipeline (dynamic) conditions. Energy & Fuels, 22, 24372442.
Ismail, L., Westacott, R. E., & Ni, X. (2008). On the effect of wax content on paraf-
fin wax deposition in a batch oscillatory baffled tube apparatus. Chemical
Engineering Journal, 137, 205213.
Jemmett, M. R., Deo, M., Earl, J., & Mogenhan, P. (2012). Applicability of cloud point
depression to cold flow. Energy & Fuels, 26, 26412647.
Jennings, D. W., & Weispfennig, K. (2005). Effects of shear and temperature on wax
deposition: Coldfinger investigation with a Gulf of Mexico crude oil. Energy &
Fuels, 19, 13761386.
Jiang, Z., Hutchinson, J., & Imrie, C. (2001). Measurement of the wax appearance tem-
peratures of crude oils by temperature modulated differential scanning calorim-
etry. Fuel, 80, 367371.
Jimenez, J., Moin, P., Moser, R., & Keefe, L. (1988). Ejection mechanisms in the sub-
layer of a turbulent channel. Physics of Fluids, 31, 13111313.
Juyal, P., Cao, T., Yen, A., & Venkatesan, R. (2011). Study of live oil wax precipitation with
high-pressure micro-differential scanning calorimetry. Energy & Fuels, 25, 568572.
Karacan, C. O., Demiral, M. R. B., & Kok, M. V. (2000). Application of x-ray CT imag-
ing as an alternative tool for cloud point determination. Petroleum Science and
Technology, 18, 835849.
Kaya, A. S., Sarica, C., & Brill, J. P. (1999). Comprehensive mechanistic modeling
of two-phase flow in deviated wells. In SPE Annual Technical Conference and
Exhibition. Houston, TX: Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Kim, D., Ghajar, A. J., Dougherty, R. L., & Ryali, V. K. (1999). Comparison of twenty two-
phase heat transfer correlations with seven sets of experimental data, including
flow pattern and tube inclination effects. Heat Transfer Engineering, 20(1), 1540.
154 Bibliography
Kleinhans, J., Niesen, V., & Brown, T. (2000). Pompano paraffin calibration field trials.
In SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition (pp. 115). Dallas, TX: Society
of Petroleum Engineers.
Kok, M. V., Jean-Marie, L., Claudy, P., Martin, D., Garcin, M., Vollet, J., Ura, C.
(1996). Comparison of wax appearance temperatures of crude oils by DSC, ther-
momicroscopy and viscometry. Fuel, 75, 787790.
Kok, M. V., Letoffe, J. M., & Claudy, P. (1999). DSC and rheometry investigations of
crude oils. Journal of Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry, 56, 959965.
Kravchenko, V. (1946). No title. Acta Physicochimica, 21, 335.
Kruka, V. R., Cadena, E. R., & Long, T. E. (1995). Cloud-point determination for crude
oils. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 47, 681687.
Labes-Carrier, C., Rnningsen, H. P., Kolnes, J., & Leporcher, E. (2002). Wax deposi-
tion in North Sea gas condensate and oil systems: Comparison between opera-
tional experience and model prediction. In SPE Annual Technical Conference and
Exhibition. San Antonio, TX.
Lee, H. S. (2008). Computational and rheological study of wax deposition and gelation in
subsea pipelines (Ph.D. thesis). University of Michigan.
Leontaritis, K. J. (1996). The asphaltene and wax deposition envelopes. Fuel Science
and Technology International, 14, 1339.
Li, H., & Zhang, J. (2003). A generalized model for predicting non-Newtonian viscos-
ity of waxy crudes as a function of temperature and precipitated wax. Fuel, 82,
13871397.
Lindeloff, N., & Krejbjerg, K. (2002). A compositional model simulating wax deposi-
tion in pipeline systems. Energy & Fuels, 16, 887891.
Lira-Galeana, C., Firoozabadi, A., & Prausnitz, J. M. (1996). Thermodynamics of wax
precipitation in petroleum mixtures. AIChE Journal, 42, 239248.
Lu, Y., Huang, Z., Hoffmann, R., Amundsen, L., Fogler, H. S., & Sheng, Z. (2012).
Counterintuitive effects of the oil flow rate on wax deposition. Energy & Fuels,
26, 40914097.
Lund, H.-J. (1998). Investigation of paraffin deposition during single-phase liquid flow in
pipelines (M.S. thesis). University of Tulsa.
Martos, C., Coto, B., Espada, J. J., Robustillo, M. D., Gmez, S., & Pea, J. L. (2008).
Experimental determination and characterization of wax fractions precipitated
as a function of temperature. Energy & Fuels, 22, 708714.
Martos, C., Coto, B., Espada, J. J., Robustillo, M. D., Pea, J. L., & Merino-Garcia, D.
(2010). Characterization of Brazilian crude oil samples to improve the prediction
of wax precipitation in flow assurance problems. Energy & Fuels, 24, 22212226.
Matzain, A. (1997). Single phase liquid paraffin deposition modeling (M.S. thesis).
University of Tulsa.
Matzain, A., Apte, M. S., Zhang, H.-Q., Volk, M., Redus, C. L., Brill, J. P., & Creek,
J.L. (2001). Multiphase flow wax deposition modeling. In ETCE 2001: Petroleum
Production Technology Symposium. Houston, TX.
Merino-Garcia, D., & Correra, S. (2008). Cold flow: A review of a technology to avoid
wax deposition. Petroleum Science and Technology, 26, 446459.
Monger-McClure, T. G., Tackett, J. E., & Merrill, L. S. (1999). Comparisons of cloud
point measurement and paraffin prediction methods. SPE Production & Facilities,
14, 416.
Monrad, C. C., & Pelton, J. G. (1942). Heat transfer by convection in annular spaces.
Transations of AIChE, 38, 593611.
Bibliography 155
Mukherjee, H., & Brill, J. P. (1985). Pressure drop correlations for inclined two-phase
flow. Journal of Energy Resources Technology, 107, 549554.
Musser, B. J., Kilpatrick, P. K., & Carolina, N. (1998). Molecular characterization of
wax isolated from a variety of crude oils. Energy & Fuels, 59, 715725.
Nazar, A. R. S., Dabir, B., Vaziri, H., & Islam, M. R. (2001). Experimental and math-
ematical modeling of wax deposition and propagation in pipes transporting
crude oil. In SPE Production and Operations Symposium (pp. 111). Oklahoma
City, OK: Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Niesen, V. (2002). The real cost of subsea pigging. E&P Magazine, 9798.
Noville, I., & Naveira, L. (2012). Comparison between real field data and the results of
wax deposition simulation. In SPE Latin America and Caribbean Petroleum Engineer
ing Conference (pp. 112). Mexico City, Mexico: Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Paso, K. G., & Fogler, H. S. (2004). Bulk stabilization in wax deposition systems.
Energy & Fuels, 18, 10051013.
Paso, K., Kallevik, H., & Sjblom, J. (2009). Measurement of wax appearance tempera-
ture using near-infrared (NIR) scattering. Energy & Fuels, 23, 49884994.
Pauly, J., Daridon, J.-L., & Coutinho, J. A. P. (2004). Solid deposition as a function
of temperature in the nC10 + (nC24nC25nC26) system. Fluid Phase Equilibria,
224, 237244.
Pauly, J., Dauphin, C., & Daridon, J. L. (1998). Liquidsolid equilibria in a decane+
multi-paraffins system. Fluid Phase Equilibria, 149, 191207.
Pedersen, K. S., Skovborg, P., & Rnningsen, H. P. (1991). Wax precipitation
from North Sea crude oils. 4. Thermodynamic modeling. Energy & Fuels, 5,
924932.
Pedersen, K. S., Thomassen, P., & Fredenslund, A. (1985). Thermodynamics of petro-
leum mixtures containing heavy hydrocarbons. 3. Efficient flash calculation
procedures using the SRK equation of state. Industrial & Engineering Chemistry
Process Design and Development, 24, 948954.
Pedersen, W. B., Hansen, A. B., Larsen, E., Nielsen, A. B., & Rnningsen, H. P. (1991).
Wax precipitation from North Sea crude oils. 2. Solid-phase content as function
of temperature determined by pulsed NMR. Energy & Fuels, 5, 908913.
Petitjean, D., Schmitt, J. F., Laine, V., Bouroukba, M., Cunat, C., & Dirand, M. (2008).
Presence of isoalkanes in waxes and their influence on their physical properties.
Energy & Fuels, 22, 697701.
Phillips, D. A., Forsdyke, I. N., McCracken, I. R., & Ravenscroft, P. D. (2011). Novel
approaches to waxy crude restart: Part 2: An investigation of flow events fol-
lowing shut down. J. Pet. Sci. Eng., 77, 286304.
PVTsim 19 method documentation. (2009). Calsep.
Reistle, C. E. (1928). Methods of dealing with paraffin troubles encountered in producing
crude oil.
Reistle, C. E. (1932). Paraffin and gongealing-oil problems.
Roehner, R., & Fletcher, J. (2002). Comparative compositional study of crude oil solids
from the Trans Alaska Pipeline System using high-temperature gas chromatog-
raphy. Energy & Fuels, 16, 211217.
Roehner, R. M., & Hanson, F. V. (2001). Determination of wax precipitation tempera-
ture and amount of precipitated solid wax versus temperature for crude oils
using FT-IR spectroscopy. Energy & Fuels, 15, 756763.
Rnningsen, H. P. (2012). Production of waxy oils on the Norwegian continental shelf:
Experiences, challenges, and practices. Energy & Fuels, 26, 41244136.
156 Bibliography
Rnningsen, H. P., Bjamdal, B., Hansen, A. B., & Pedersen, W. B. (1991). Wax
precipitationfrom North Sea crude oils. 1. Crystallization and dissolution tem-
peratures, and Newtonian and non-Newtonian flow properties. Energy & Fuels,
5, 895908.
RPSEA. (2007). RPSEA 1201 controlling wax deposition in the presence of hydrates
technology evaluation. Retrieved from http://www.netl.doe.gov/kmd/RPSEA
_Project_Outreach/07121-1201-University_of_Utah_Phase1.pdf.
Rygg, O. B., Rydahl, A. K., & Rnningsen, H. P. (1998). Wax deposition in offshore
pipeline systems. In BHRGroup 1st North American Conference Multiphase
Technology. Baniff, Canada.
Saffman, P. G. (1965). The lift on a small sphere in a slow shear flow. Journal of Fluid
Mechanics, 22, 385400.
Sandler, S. I. (2006). Chemical, biochemical, and engineering thermodynamics. Hoboken,
NJ: Wiley.
Senra, M. J. (2009). Assessing the role of polydispersity and cocrystallization on crystallizing
n-alkanes in n-alkane solutions (Ph.D. thesis). University of Michigan, Hoboken,
NJ.
Sieder, E. N., & Tate, G. E. (1936). Heat transfer and pressure drop of liquids in tubes.
Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, 28, 14291435.
Singh, A., Lee, H., Singh, P., & Sarica, C. (2011). Flow assurance: Validation of wax
deposition models using field data from a subsea pipeline. In Offshore Technology
Conference (pp. 119). Houston, TX: Offshore Technology Conference.
Singh, P. (2000). Gel deposition on cold surfaces (Ph.D. thesis). University of Michigan.
Singh, P., & Venkatesan, R. (2001). Morphological evolution of thick wax deposits
during aging. AIChE Journal, 47, 618.
Singh, P., Venkatesan, R., Fogler, H. S., & Nagarajan, N. (2000). Formation and aging
of incipient thin film wax-oil gels. AIChE Journal, 46, 10591074.
Smith, B. (1999). Infrared spectral interpretation, a systematic approach. New York: CRC
Press.
Snyder, R. G., Conti, G., Strauss, H. L., & Dorset, D. L. (1993). Thermally induced mix-
ing in partially microphase segregated binary n-alkane crystals. The Journal of
Physical Chemistry, 97, 73427350.
Snyder, R. G., Goh, M. C., Srivatsavoy, V. J. P., Strauss, H. L., & Dorset, D. L. (1992).
Measurement of the growth kinetics of microdomains in binary n-alkane
solid solutions by infrared spectroscopy. The Journal of Physical Chemistry, 96,
1000810019.
Snyder, R. G., Hallmark, V. M., Strauss, H. L., & Maroncelli, M. (1986). Temperature
and phase behavior of infrared intensities: The poly(methy1ene) chain. The
Journal of Physical Chemistry, 94720, 56235630.
Snyder, R. G., Srivatsavoy, V. J. P., Cates, D. A., Strauss, H. L., White, J. W., & Dorset,
D. L. (1994). Hydrogen/deuterium isotope effects on microphase separation
in unstable crystalline mixtures of binary n-alkanes. The Journal of Physical
Chemistry, 98, 674684.
Streitwieser, A., & Heathcock, C. (1976). Introduction to organic chemistry. New York:
Macmillan Publishing.
Suppiah, S., Ahmad, A., Alderson, C., Akbarzadeh, K., Gao, J., Shorthouse, J.,
Jamaluddin, A. (2010). Waxy crude production management in a deepwater sub-
sea environment. In SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition (pp.118).
Florence, Italy: Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Bibliography 157
Urushihara, T., Meinhart, C. D., & Adrain, R. J. (1993). Investigation of the logarithmic
layer in pipe flow using particle image velocimetry. In Near Wall Turbulent Flows,
(pp. 433446). Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier.
Van Driest, E. R. (1956). On turbulent flow near a wall. J. Aeronaut. Sci., 23, 10071011.
Venkatesan, R. (2004). The deposition and rheology of organic gels (Ph.D. thesis).
University of Michigan.
Venkatesan, R., & Fogler, H. S. (2004). Comments on analogies for correlated heat and
mass transfer in turbulent flow. AIChE Journal, 50(7), 16231626.
Venkatesan, R., Nagarajan, N. R., Paso, K., Yi, Y.-B., Sastry, A. M., & Fogler, H. S.
(2005). The strength of paraffin gels formed under static and flow conditions.
Chemical Engineering Science, 60, 35873598.
Vieira, L. C., Buchuid, M. B., & Lucas, E. F. (2010). Effect of pressure on the crystal-
lization of crude oil waxes. I. Selection of test conditions by microcalorimetry.
Energy & Fuels, 24, 22082212.
Wilke, C. R., & Chang, P. (1955). Correlation of diffusion coefficients in dilute solu-
tions. AIChE Journal, 1, 264270.
Wilkes, J. O. (2005). Fluid mechanics for chemical engineers (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Won, K. W. (1986). Thermodynamics for solid solution-liquid-vapor equilibria: Wax
phase formation from heavy hydrocarbon mixtures. Fluid Phase Equilibria, 30,
265279.
Xiao, J. J., Shonham, O., & Brill, J. P. (1990). Comprehensive mechanistic model for
two-phase flow in pipelines. In SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition,
New Orleans, LA: Society of Petroleum Engineers.
Yan, D., & Luo, Z. (1987). Rheological properties of Daqing crude oil and their appli-
cation in pipeline transportation. SPE Production Engineering, 2, 267276.
Zheng, S., Zhang, F., Huang, Z., & Fogler, H. S. (2013). Effects of operating conditions
on wax deposit carbon number distribution: Theory and experiment. Energy &
Fuels, 27, 73797388.
Zhu, T., Walker, J. A., & Liang, J. (2008). Evaluation of wax deposition and its control dur-
ing production of Alaska North Slope OilsFinal Report.
Appendix A: Nomenclature
A HM: coefficient in the HaydukMinhas correlation for wax mass diffusivity

BWC: coefficient in the WilkeChang correlation for wax mass diffusivity
C: concentration of dissolved waxy components (kg/m3)
C(eq): concentration of the dissolved waxy components based on thermo
dynamic equilibrium (kg/m3)
Cinlet: concentration of dissolved waxy components at the inlet of the pipe
(kg/m3)
Coil: concentration of dissolved waxy components at the bulk oil (kg/m3)
Cwall: concentration of dissolved waxy components at the pipe wall (kg/m3)
Cp: heat capacity of the oil (J/mol/K)
D wax: mass diffusivity (diffusion coefficient) of wax in oil (m2/s)
D wax,interface: mass diffusivity (diffusion coefficient) of wax in oil based on the
temperature at the oildeposit interface (m2/s)
D wax,wall: mass diffusivity (diffusion coefficient) of wax in oil based on the
wall temperature (m2/s)
Cpi: change of heat capacity of component i due to phase transition (J/mol/K)
Fwax: mass fraction of wax in the deposit
Fi: mass fraction of a certain waxy component in the deposit
GE: excess Gibbs free energy due to molecular interactions (J)
G mix: change of Gibbs free energy due to mixing (J)
H if: heat of fusion of component i (J/mol)
H iTr : heat of solidsolid phase transition of component i (J/mol)
H iSub: heat of sublimation of component i (J/mol)
JA: mass flux of waxy components from the bulk oil toward the deposit sur
face (kg/m2/s)
JB: mass flux of waxy components into the deposit (kg/m2/s)
Jwax: characteristic mass flux of wax deposition (kg/m2/s)
L pipe: length of the pipe (m)
L pipe,i: length of the ith section of the pipe (m)
MB: solvent molecular weight in the HaydukMinhas correlation for the wax
diffusivity (g/mol)
Ppipe: pressure drop across the pipe (Pa)
Ppipe,i: pressure drop across the ith section of the pipe (Pa)
Qoil: volumetric flow rate of oil (m3/s)
Qthermal: difference in the thermal energy flow rate between the inlet and
the outlet (J/s)
R: gas constant (J/mol/K)
R interface: effective radius of the oil flow during wax deposition, i.e., the dis
tance from the pipe centerline to the oildeposit interface (m)
159
160 Appendix A
Rpipe: radius of the pipe (m)

T: temperature (K)
Tambient: ambient temperature (K)
Tcoolant: bulk temperature of the coolant (K)
Tcoolant,inlet: temperature of the coolant at the inlet of the coolant pipe(K)
Tcoolant,outlet: temperature of the coolant at the outlet of the coolant pipe(K)
Tinterface: temperature at the oildeposit interface (K)
Ti f : melting point of component i (K)
Tip: precipitation temperature of component i (K)
TiTr : temperature of solidsolid phase transition of component i (K)
Toil: temperature of the bulk oil (K)
Toil,inlet: temperature of the oil at the inlet of the pipe (K)
Toil,outlet: temperature of the oil at the outlet of the pipe (K)
Twall: temperature at the pipe wall (K)
Tlm: logarithmic mean temperature difference for heat exchangers (K)
U: average velocity of the oil in the axial direction (m/s)
Uoverall: overall heat transfer coefficient of the pipe in the radial direction
based on the outer diameter of the pipe (W/m2/K)
VA: averaged molar volume of n-paraffins (cm3/mol)
Vi: molar volume of component i (L/mol)
Vwi: van der Waals volume of component i (L/mol)
Vi: change of molar volume of component i at phase transition (L/mol)
Vz: velocity of oil in the axial direction (m)
ZL: equation of state compressibility factor of the liquid phase
ZV: equation of state compressibility factor of the vapor phase
amixture: equation of state parameter (N m4)
bmixture: equation of state parameter (m3)
deffective inner: effective flowing inner diameter of the pipe accounting for the
thickness of the wax deposit (m)
dinner: inner diameter of the pipe (m)
douter: outer diameter of the pipe (m)
dpipe: diameter of the pipe (m)
f Darcy: Darcy friction factor
fiL : fugacity of component i in the liquid phase (Pa)
fiS: fugacity of component i in the solid phase (Pa)
fiV: fugacity of component i in the vapor phase (Pa)
hcoolant: heat transfer coefficient of the coolant in a flow-loop wax deposition
experiment (W/m2/K)
hinternal: internal heat transfer coefficient based on the pipe inner diameter
(W/m2/K)
hexternal: external heat transfer coefficient (including the pipe wall, pipe insu
lation, and the ambient environment) based on the pipe inner diam
eter (W/m2/K)
kmass transfer: mass transfer coefficient of wax in the bulk oil (m/s)
kdeposit: thermal conductivity of wax deposit (W/m/K)
Appendix A 161
koil: thermal conductivity of oil (W/m/K)

kpipe: thermal conductivity of pipe (W/m/K)
kprecipitation: precipitation rate constant in the Michigan Wax Predictor wax
deposition model (s1)
F
ni : number of moles of the component i in the feed (mol)
nL: number of moles of the liquid phase (mol)
n S: number of moles of the solid phase (mol)
nV: number of moles of the vapor phase (mol)
p: pressure (Pa)
q: measured heat released due to crystallization (J/mol)
r: radial coordinate (m)
Si: mole fraction of component i in the solid phase
t: time (s)
w i: amount of component i precipitated (mol)
x i: mole fraction of component i in the liquid phase
yi: mole fraction of component i in the vapor phase
y+: dimensionless distance to the wall (in turbulent fluid mechanics)
z: axial coordinate (m)
: Wilson model binary correction factor
mass: eddy mass diffusivity (m2/s)
pipe: roughness of the pipe (m)
thermal: eddy thermal diffusivity (m2/s)
: dedimensionalized radial length of the pipe
: dedimensionalized concentration of waxy components
Li : activity coefficient of component i in the liquid phase
Si : activity coefficient of component i in the solid phase
: average solubility parameter of the phase (J0.5/mol0.5/L0.5)
i: solubility parameter of component i (J0.5/mol0.5/L0.5)
deposit: thickness of the wax deposit (m)
diffusion: diffusion equivalent mass transfer layer (m)
mass transfer: thickness of the mass transfer layer (m)
thermal: conduction-equivalent boundary layer (m)
: dedimensionalized length of the pipe
i,j: interaction energy between components i and j in the solid phase (J/mol)
centerline: viscosity of the pipe based on the pipe centerline temperature (Pas)
deposit interface: viscosity of the pipe based on the oildeposit interface tem
perature (Pa s)
B: solvent viscosity in the HaydukMinhas correlation for the wax mass
diffusivity (cP)
: dedimensionalized axial velocity of the oil
oil: density of the oil (kg/m3)
deposit: density of the wax deposit (kg/m3)
B: association parameter for the solvent in the WilkeChang correlation for
wax mass diffusivity
deposit: porosity (oil volume fraction) of the wax deposit
162 Appendix A
i: composition fraction of component i defined according to the Flory free

volume theory
i,j: Florys binary interaction parameter between components i and j
Gz: Graetz number
Le: Lewis number
Nu: Nusselt number
Pr: Prandtl number
Re: Reynolds number
Sc: Schmidt number
Sh: Sherwood number
Index
Page numbers followed by f and t indicate figures and tables, respectively.
A Conduction-equivalent mass transfer

layer (conduction), 8789
Acoustic measurements, for wax deposit
Conoco wax precipitation model, 5556
thickness, 101
Constitutive equations, 45
Aging rate, of wax deposit, 7172, 75, 82
Coutinhos wax precipitation model,
ASTM standards, for WAT
5658, 5758f
determination
Coutinhos Wilson thermodynamic
D2500, 1214, 12f, 16
model, 135
D3117, 14, 16
CPM. See Cross-polarized microscopy
(CPM)
B Critical carbon number (CCN), 101,
102f
99% boundary layer, 87
Cross-polarized microscopy (CPM)
Brownian diffusion, and wax
vs. ASTM-D2500/ASTM-D3117, 14
deposition, 67, 68
for WAT determination, 1417,
15f16f, 16t, 26t, 27, 27f, 28f, 133
C
Carbon number, of n-paraffins. See D
Critical carbon number (CCN)
Carbon number distribution (CND), 32, D2500 (ASTM standard)
40, 65, 101 for WAT determination, 1214, 12f, 16
of oil, 126127, 127f, 128, 128t, 129, 129f D3117 (ASTM standard)
Characteristic mass flux, of wax for WAT determination, 14, 16
deposition, 120121, 122t123t Darcy friction factor, 95
Cloud point. See Wax appearance Densitometry
temperature (WAT) for WAT detection, 29t
CND. See Carbon number distribution Deposit aging, 71. See also Aging rate,
(CND) ofwax deposit
Cold-finger wax deposition apparatus, Differential scanning calorimetry
103104, 103f104f (DSC), 142, 142f
Cold flow, 118 advantages of, 2526
Composition, wax deposit temperature-modulated, 29
investigation, wax deposition models thermogram, 2223, 22f23f
and, 127129, 128t, 129f trend in, 25f
Composition analysis, of wax deposit, for WAT determination, 2126,
101102, 102f 22f23f, 24t, 25f, 26t, 27f, 28f
Conditioning system, flow loop wax for WPC determination, 3032, 31f,
deposition experiment, 9193, 32t, 37, 6465, 133
92f
163
164 Index
Diffusion coefficient, 143. See also Wax in Statoils Herya Research Center,
diffusion coefficient 110113, 111f113f, 112t
of waxy components in the oil, 70, 77, test section, 93, 94f
8384 Fourier transform infrared
Diffusion-equivalent mass transfer spectroscopy (FT-IR)
layer (diffusion), 87 for WAT determination, 1718,
Dissolved waxy components 17f19f, 19t, 26t, 28f
concentration of, 8486, 85f, 86f for WPC determination, 3435, 35f
on deposit surface, 71 Free induction decay (FID), 33, 33f
internal diffusion of, 7172, 72f73f FT-IR. See Fourier transform infrared
precipitation of, 6970 spectroscopy (FT-IR)
radial concentration gradient of, 70 Fugacity, 45
calculation of, 46
vaporliquid, 46
E
Enthalpy of crystallization, 32, 47, 52 G
Equation of state (EOS)
PengRobinson, 46 Gibbs free energy, 46, 47, 51, 52f
vaporliquid fugacity, 46 Gravity settling, and wax deposition, 67
Experiments, wax deposition, 91105
deposit characterization, 94102
H
effect of temperature on, 117118
flow loop. See Flow loop wax Haaland correlation, 9495
deposition experiment HaydukMinhas correlation, 120121,
heat transfer/mass transfer analysis 143
of, 117127 Heat transfer
reproducibility of, 113f analysis, of wax deposition
selection of, 110113, 111f113f, 112t experiments, 117127
equations/correlations, 7880, 79f,
80t
F and wax deposit thickness, 97100,
FID. See Free induction decay (FID) 98f
Field, wax deposition in, 131133, 132f, Herya Research Center, Statoil ASA
133f flow loop wax deposition
examples of experimentin, 110113,
gas/oil flow, 140145 111f113f, 112t
single-phase pipe flow, 134140 High-temperature gas chromatography
predictions, Michigan Wax Predictor (HTGC), 59, 60f, 61, 101
for, 136140, 137f140f n-paraffin distributions using, 133
Filter-plugging Hot flow, 118
for WAT detection, 29t Hydrodynamics, in wax deposition
FloWax software package, 75, 78t, 80t model, 7778, 78t
Flow loop wax deposition experiment,
9193, 92f
I
apparatus setup, 104
conditioning system, 9193, 92f Industrial practice, wax thermodynamic
oil characterization, 105 model, 5864, 59f
pumping system, 9193, 92f fluid characterization, 5863, 59f62f
Index 165
K N
Kinetic precipitation rate constant, 86 n-alkane
solidliquid phase transition, 47
Near-infrared (NIR) scattering, 11
L
for WAT detection, 29t
Lab-scale wax deposition experiments, 91 Newtonian fluid, 96
Laser technique, for deposit thickness NMR. See Nuclear magnetic resonance
measurement, 100101, 100f (NMR)
Lewis number, 89 n-paraffins, 1, 5, 37
Liquid displacement-level detection carbon number of, 101, 102f
technique, 100 distribution of, 5962, 59f, 60f, 62f,
133, 135, 135f
thermodynamic modeling for,
M
135136, 136f
Macrocrystalline wax, 38 Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
Mass balance equations, 45, 81 for WPC determination, 3334, 33f
Mass diffusivity for wax, 108, 119, 130, Nusselt number, 88
143, 144, 146
Mass flux
O
characteristic of wax deposition,
120121, 122t123t Offshore petroleum production
determination of, 83 shifted from onshore toward, 12, 2f
Mass transfer analysis, of wax Oil flow rate, 93, 96, 115, 117, 120, 130
deposition experiments, Oil temperature, 2, 117, 118
117127 impact on wax deposition, 123125,
Mass transfer driving force, 121 124f125f, 125t
Mass transfer layer (mass transfer) OLGA wax commercial/wax deposition
conduction-equivalent, 8789 model, 74, 140141, 142, 144,
diffusion-equivalent, 87 144f
thickness of, 8689 1-D discretization, in wax deposition
Michigan Wax Predictor (MWP), 75, model, 83, 83f
114f116f, 114117, 116t heat transfer equations, 7879
defined, 129 temperature profiles in, 76, 76f
for field predictions, 136140, 137f140f Onshore petroleum production
2-D discretization, 7677, 77f, 79 shifted toward offshore production,
Microcrystalline wax, 38 12, 2f
Molecular diffusion, and wax and wax deposition problem, 1
deposition, 67, 68 Operating temperature
dissolved waxy components impact on wax deposition, 122127
on deposit surface, 71
internal diffusion of, 7172, 72f73f
P
precipitation of, 6970
radial concentration gradient of, 70 Pedersens wax precipitation model, 55
mathematical representation of, PengRobinson EOS
8082, 81f for fugacity calculation, 46
steps in, 6973, 70f Phase equilibrium equations, 4445, 44f
MWP. See Michigan Wax Predictor construction of, 46
(MWP) solidliquid, 46
166 Index
Pigging, 132, 139 T

defined, 4
Temperature-modulated DSC (TMDSC),
frequency threshold, 139, 145
29
and production cost, 4, 4f
Thermal boundary layer, 88
Pilot-scale wax deposition experiments.
Thermal driving force, for wax
See Lab-scale wax deposition
deposition, 117118
experiments
Thermal techniques. See also specific
Pipeline insulation, 34
techniques
Plus fraction, 61
for WAT determination, 2126,
Porosity of wax deposit, 82
22f23f, 24t, 25f
Poynting correction factor, 52, 52f
Thermodynamic equations
Pressure-drop method, 9497, 95f
construction of, 4449
Pumping system, flow loop wax
simplification of, 4956, 50t
deposition experiment, 9193,
single solid phase
92f
assumption,49,5155, 52t,
PVTsim software package, 74, 140, 142
52f, 53t54t, 56f
Thermodynamic modeling, of wax
R precipitation, 4165
applications of, 6465, 65f
Reservoirs, 12, 53, 111f, 141t
characteristics for, 48
Reynolds number, 88, 96
Conoco model, 5556
construction of equations, 4449
S Coutinhos model, 5658, 5758f
industrial practice of, 5864, 59f
Saffman lift force, 69
fluid characterization, 5863,
Schmidt number, 88
59f62f
SCN. See Single carbon number (SCN)
for n-paraffin distribution, 135136,
Separation-based methods, for WPC
136f
determination, 3437, 35t, 36f
overview, 42
Shear dispersion, and wax deposition,
Pedersens model, 55
67, 6869
postprocessing of, 63, 64t
Sherwood number (Sh), 87, 88
steps of, 4344, 43f
Single carbon number (SCN)
uncertainties, 63
distribution of, 59, 59f, 61, 62f
wax precipitation curves comparison
Single-phase pipe flow, 134140
from, 136, 136f
operating conditions, 134t
Wons model, 49, 5155
wax thermodynamic
Thickness, of wax deposit, 105
characterizations, 135136,
acoustic measurements for, 101
136f, 143t
heat transfer technique, 97100, 98f
Software packages. See also specific
liquid displacement-level detection
packages
technique, 100
thermodynamic modeling of wax
predictions of, 138, 138f, 144, 144f
precipitation, 5863, 58f
pressure-drop method, 9497, 95f
wax deposition models, 7475
weight measurement technique, 97
Solidliquid phase equilibrium
3N + 3 equations, 44
equations, 46
phase equilibrium equations, 4546,
Statoils Herya Research Center
43f
flow loop wax deposition experiment
Trial-and-error method, 62
in, 110113, 111f113f, 112t
Index 167
Tulsa University Paraffin Deposition fluid characterization, 5863,

Projects (TUPDP), 75 59f62f
Tuning process, thermodynamic postprocessing of, 63, 64t
models, 135136 Wax crystals, 11
TUWAX. See University of Tulsa photomicrograph of, 14f
(TUWAX) presence of, 11, 12f
2-D discretization, in wax deposition Wax deposition
model, 7677, 77f, 79 background, 14
benchmarking, methodology for,
109110
U
characterization, 94102
UNIversal QUAsiChemical (UNIQUAC) cold-finger apparatus, 103104,
model, 49, 57, 57f 103f104f
University of Tulsa (TUWAX), 85, 135 composition analysis of, 101102, 102f
liquid displacementlevel detection evaluation and control, methodology
technique, 100 of, 131, 132f
wax deposition model from, 75 experiments, 91105
deposit characterization, 94102
effect of temperature on, 117118
V
flow loop. See Flow loop wax
Viscometry deposition experiment
for WAT determination, 1921, 20f, heat transfer/mass transfer
20t, 21f, 26t, 27f, 28f analysis of, 117127
Visual inspection, for WAT reproducibility of, 113f
determination, 1214, 12f, 13t selection of, 110113, 111f113f, 112t
impact of operating temperature on,
122127
W
mass flux of. See Mass flux
WAT. See Wax appearance temperature mechanisms, 6769, 68f
(WAT) molecular diffusion, 6973, 70f,
Wax appearance temperature (WAT), 8082, 81f
1, 53 simplification of, 82
defined, 10 model/modeling
determination of, 1029, 131 academic, 75
ASTM-D2500 for, 1214, 12f algorithm for, 7374, 74f
ASTM-D3117 for, 14 and deposit compositions,
cross-polarized microscopy for, 127129, 128t, 129f
1417, 15f16f, 16t dimensions of, 7677
differential scanning calorimetry heat transfer correlations for,
for, 2126, 22f23f, 24t, 25f 7880, 80t
Fourier transform infrared hydrodynamics in, 7778, 78t
spectroscopy for, 1719, industrialized commercial, 7475
17f19f,19t mass transfer/deposit growth rate
strategy for, 12f calculations, 8082
viscometry for, 1921, 20f, 20t, 21f 1-D discretization, temperature
visual inspection, 1214, 12f, 13t profiles in, 76, 76f
effect of cooling rate on, 13, 13t uncertainties in, 107110
thermodynamic models for onset location for, 6, 7f
prediction, 5864, 59f operational hazards due to, 3
168 Index
plugged pipeline by, 23, 3f Wax precipitation curve (WPC), 5, 6f,

prevention from, 34. See also specific 7374
preventive techniques characterization of, 108
severity of, 133 comparison, from different
evaluation of, 67 thermodynamic models, 136,
source for, 67 136f
tests, 105 conversion to wax solubility curve,
thermal driving force for, 117118 84, 85f
thickness, measurement of, 105 determination of, 3038, 31t
acoustic measurements, 101 differential scanning calorimetry
heat transfer technique, 97100, 98f for, 3032, 31f, 32t, 37, 133
laser technique for, 100101, 100f Fourier transform infrared
liquid displacementlevel spectroscopy for, 3435, 35f
detection technique, 100 nuclear magnetic resonance for,
predictions of, 138, 138f 3334, 33f
pressure-drop method, 9497, 95f separation-based methods for,
weight measurement technique, 97 3538, 36t, 37f
worldwide presence of, 3, 4f example of, 30f
Wax diffusion coefficient, 108, 119, 130, importance of, 125126, 126t
143, 144, 146 overprediction of, 55, 56f
Wax gelation, 132 prediction of, 57f58f
control strategies of, 133f thermodynamic models for
Wax precipitation, 11, 13, 21 prediction, 5864, 59f
characterization, experimental fluid characterization, 5863,
techniques, 3840, 39t 59f62f
thermodynamic modeling of, 4165 postprocessing of, 63, 64t
applications of, 6465, 65f Wax solubility curve
characteristics for, 48 conversion from wax precipitation
commercial software packages, curve to, 84, 85f
5864, 59f Weight, wax deposits, 97
Conoco model, 5556 Well B, Campos Basin in Brazil (case
construction of equations, 4449 study), 140145
Coutinhos model, 5658, 57f58f operating conditions in, 141t
overview, 42 Wilson model, solid phase nonidealities,
Pedersens model, 55 57
postprocessing of, 63, 64t Wons wax precipitation model, 49,
simplification of equations, 4956, 5155
50t example of, 5355, 53t54t, 56f
single solid phase assumption, 49,
5155, 52t, 52f, 53t54t, 56f
X
steps of, 4344, 43f
uncertainties, 63 X-ray CT
Wons model, 49, 5155 for WAT detection, 29t

Wax Deposition PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wax Deposition PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wax Deposition PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wax Deposition

Boca Raton London New York

CRC Press is an imprint of the

No claim to original U.S. Government works

International Standard Book Number-13: 978-1-4665-6767-2 (eBook - PDF)

2. Experimental Characterization of Important Wax

3. Thermodynamic Modeling of Wax Precipitation................................... 41

3.5 Coutinhos Thermodynamic ModelA Theoretically

4. Wax Deposition Modeling........................................................................... 67

5. Introduction to Wax Deposition Experiments......................................... 91

6. Applying Wax Deposition Models to Flow Loop Experiments......... 107

7. Applying Wax Deposition Models for Field Predictions.................... 131

This petroleum engineering book series includes works on all aspects of

2. Kawata, Y. & Fujita, K. Some predictions of possible unconventional hydrocar-

Do we have a problem for this field?

of wax deposition, including the cause of the phenomena, the magnitude

Dr. Zhenyu Huang (Jason) is currently a senior flow

Sheng Zheng (Mark) graduated summa cum laude from

Dr. H. Scott Fogler is the Ame and Catherine Vennema

1.1Background of Wax Deposition

pipeline due to wax deposition reported by Singh, Venkatesan, Fogler, and

production cost. For long-distance pipelines where a significant portion of

Deferred revenue/year ($million)

1.2Overview of Wax Testing, Modeling, and Management

Precipitation Tuning Thermodynamic

Prediction of wax deposit growth rate in the field

Establishment of appropriate pigging frequency

Wax content in oil

Pipeline inner wall

Location of the pipeline

fundamentals of transport phenomena are used by the wax deposition mod-

The path to investigate the severity of wax deposition in field pipelines

At what temperature will wax start to precipitate?

Various experimental techniques have been developed to answer these

2.2Determination of the WAT

because it indicates the possibility of observing wax deposition in oil trans-

Bulk liquid oil

viscometry will be discussed in Section 2.1.4. Thermal techniques such as

It uses magnification lenses to extend the detection limits to smaller

cross-polarizedlight cannot pass through two perpendicular Nicol prisms,

Light cannot pass

Unpolarized Polarized Polarized

Light can pass

Unpolarized Polarized Polarized

methods. In Sections 2.1.3 through 2.1.5, WAT detection techniques based

2.2.3Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy

The absorbance, A, cannot be used to correlate the amount of crystalline

Itotal = xliquidIliquid + (1 xliquid)Icrystalline (2.1)

Although the exact reason is not yet completely understood, it is observed

where E is typically in the range of 1030 kJ/mol, and A is around 15 103

(a) WAT T (b) WAT 1/T

of 10C/min, the temperature reading provided from the instrument can be

Heat flow (mcal/sec)

Due to these complications, the determination of the intersection between

1 Decrease in cooling rate

2.2.6Comparison between Different WAT Measurements

TDSCTviscometry < 0, TDSCTviscometry > 0,

2.2.7Other Techniques That Are Under Development

2.3Determination of the WPC

1.1Background of Wax Deposition

1.2Overview of Wax Testing, Modeling, and Management

2.2Determination of the WAT

2.2.3Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy

2.2.6Comparison between Different WAT Measurements

2.2.7Other Techniques That Are Under Development

2.3Determination of the WPC

2.3.1Differential Scanning Calorimetry

2.3.2Characterization of WPC Using NMR

2.3.3Characterization of WPC Using FT-IR

2.3.4Separation-Based Methods for WPC Determination

2.4Experimental Techniques for the

3.2Fundamental Thermodynamics of Wax Precipitation

3.3Step 1 in Thermodynamic Modeling: Construction

3.4Step 2 in Thermodynamic Modeling:

3.4.1Wax Thermodynamic Models Assuming Single Solid Phase

3.4.2Wax Thermodynamic Models Considering Multiple Solid Phases

3.5Coutinhos Thermodynamic ModelA Theoretically

3.6Industrial Practice of Wax Thermodynamic Modeling

3.6.1Fluid Characterization: Preprocessing of Thermodynamic Modeling